WO2021134577A1 - 一种数据传输方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种数据传输方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021134577A1
WO2021134577A1 PCT/CN2019/130736 CN2019130736W WO2021134577A1 WO 2021134577 A1 WO2021134577 A1 WO 2021134577A1 CN 2019130736 W CN2019130736 W CN 2019130736W WO 2021134577 A1 WO2021134577 A1 WO 2021134577A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink data
terminal device
paging message
indication information
data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/130736
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王宏
陈磊
许斌
李秉肇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP19958499.6A priority Critical patent/EP4075892A4/en
Priority to CN201980101942.XA priority patent/CN114631374A/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2019/130736 priority patent/WO2021134577A1/zh
Publication of WO2021134577A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021134577A1/zh
Priority to US17/852,672 priority patent/US20220330203A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/005—Transmission of information for alerting of incoming communication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02—Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a data transmission method and device.
  • a radio resource control (RRC) connection when there is no downlink data to be transmitted on the network side, a radio resource control (RRC) connection will not be established between the base station and the terminal.
  • the terminal is in an idle state (that is, an RRC idle state) or a non-radio resource control (RRC) connection.
  • Active state that is, RRC inactive state.
  • the base station initiates a paging to the terminal, establishes an RRC connection with the terminal, and the terminal enters the connected state (that is, the RRC connected state) from the idle state or the inactive state.
  • the process of the base station initiating paging to the terminal and establishing an RRC connection requires the interaction of multiple signaling to complete.
  • the terminal When the terminal monitors the paging message and determines that the paging message carries its own identity, it triggers the RRC connection establishment procedure, and establishes the RRC connection with the base station through the random access procedure. After the random access process is completed, the base station also needs to set the context of the terminal and configure the bearer of the terminal before it can send downlink data. It can be seen that in order to transmit downlink data, it needs to go through the process of RRC connection establishment, and there is a certain signaling overhead.
  • the characteristics of data transmission are: the amount of data is small, and the data arrival time is not determine. If a data packet with a small data volume is transmitted according to the existing downlink data transmission method, the utilization efficiency of wireless resources is low, because a large number of wireless resources are used for the process of RRC connection establishment, and only a small amount of wireless resources are used for data transmission. At the same time, the existing RRC connection establishment process has many steps, requiring the terminal to exchange multiple signaling with the base station, which delays the transmission of downlink data and increases the delay of downlink data transmission.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • NB-IoT narrowband internet of things
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and device, which are used to implement fast transmission of small data volume downlink data, improve resource utilization efficiency, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which is applicable to a first terminal device, and the method includes: the first terminal device receives downlink control information (download control information, DCI) from an access network device , The DCI is used to schedule paging messages, where the DCI is also used to schedule downlink data, and then the first terminal device receives a paging message from the access network device, and the paging message includes first indication information, where the first indication The information is used to indicate that there is first downlink data corresponding to the first terminal device.
  • DCI download control information
  • the first terminal device Since the paging message is used to page the first terminal device, and also indicates that the first terminal device corresponds to the first downlink data, the first terminal device receives the data from the receiver according to the DCI and the first indication information in the paging message.
  • the first downlink data of the connected device Since the paging message is used to page the first terminal device, and also indicates that the first terminal device corresponds to the first downlink data, the first terminal device receives the data from the receiver according to the DCI and the first indication information in the paging message.
  • the first downlink data of the connected device Since the paging message is used to page the first terminal device, and also indicates that the first terminal device corresponds to the first downlink data, the first terminal device receives the data from the receiver according to the DCI and the first indication information in the paging message.
  • the first downlink data of the connected device Since the paging message is used to page the first terminal device, and also indicates that the first terminal device corresponds to the first downlink data, the first terminal device receive
  • the first terminal device When the application scenarios are different, if the first indication information of the paging message is used to indicate that there is no downlink data corresponding to the first terminal device, the first terminal device no longer accepts the downlink data.
  • the method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device, or a chip set in the terminal device for realizing the function of the terminal device, or other component used for realizing the function of the terminal device.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device.
  • the access network device can send the paging message to the terminal device after sending the paging message.
  • Downlink data so that the terminal device can receive the downlink data as soon as possible, through a simplified signaling or data interaction process, the downlink data can be transmitted in advance, resource utilization efficiency can be improved, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced; on the other hand, this
  • the embodiment can prevent the paging message from carrying downlink data or scheduling information of the downlink data, thereby avoiding reducing the paging capacity.
  • the first indication information includes the number N of downlink data transmission blocks or the number N of identities of terminals with downlink data, and the first terminal device receives the paging message according to the number N N and the terminal list of the paging message determine that the first terminal device has corresponding first downlink data, so the first terminal device receives the downlink data.
  • the first indication information includes at least one indication information, the at least one indication information corresponds to the identification of at least one terminal device in the paging message, and the at least one indication information is used to indicate the at least one terminal device. Whether a terminal device has corresponding downlink data.
  • the at least one indication information may be at least one field, and each field is used to indicate whether the corresponding terminal device has downlink data arrived.
  • the first indication information may include a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device; the identification of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • the first indication information includes the identification and/or indication information of the terminal device. The indication information is used to indicate whether each terminal device has corresponding downlink data. It may also be indicated by the identification of the terminal device and the indication information, or It is implicitly indicated by the identification of the terminal device itself.
  • the first indication information may only include the identifier of the first terminal device and the indication information is True.
  • the first indication information may include the identities of at least two terminal devices, and the indication information corresponding to each terminal device (for example, True or False).
  • the pagingracordlist (identification list of the UE being paged) in the paging message can correspond to an indication information as a whole, and the indication information is used to indicate that all terminal devices in the pagingracordlist have downlink data arrival.
  • the pagingracordlist in the paging message may only include the identification of the first terminal device, or the identifications of at least two terminal devices, and the indication information corresponding to the pagingracordlist is True.
  • the access network device distinguishes the first terminal device with downlink data through the first indication information in the paging message, so that the first terminal device can clearly identify the first terminal device after receiving the paging message. Whether there is corresponding downlink data, so that the downlink data can be received correctly.
  • the number of bits occupied by the first indication information is relatively small, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information may include a set of terminal device identifiers indicating downlink data, and the set of terminal device identifiers includes an identifier of at least one terminal device, wherein the identifier of at least one terminal device and at least one downstream data There is a one-to-one correspondence between the transmission blocks.
  • the first terminal device After receiving the paging message, the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device includes the first terminal device identifier when it determines that the first downlink data corresponds to the first terminal device, so the first terminal device receives the downlink data.
  • the access network device distinguishes the terminal device with downlink data through the first indication information in the paging message, so that the first terminal device can determine whether there is any after receiving the paging message.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device will subsequently send first downlink data, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn that it needs to receive the first downlink data.
  • the second indication information may use one bit to indicate that there is downlink data to be sent to the first terminal device. In this way, after receiving the DCI, the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive.
  • the access network device transmits the second indication information through DCI to indicate that there is downlink data sent to the terminal device, and the terminal device can receive the downlink data as soon as possible through a simplified signaling or data exchange process. Realizing the early transmission of downlink data can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce the power consumption of terminal equipment; on the other hand, this embodiment can prevent the paging message from carrying the downlink data or scheduling information of the downlink data, thereby avoiding reducing the paging capacity.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include third indication information
  • the third indication information includes the data frequency domain offset and/or the data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the sending station.
  • the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive, and determine the time frequency corresponding to the downlink data according to the third indication information in the DCI Location, so that the downlink data is received at the time-frequency location.
  • the access network device transmits the second indication information through DCI to indicate the arrival of downlink data and the time-frequency position of the downlink data.
  • the terminal device can receive the downlink data as soon as possible through simplified signaling or data.
  • the interaction process can realize the early transmission of downlink data, which can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce the power consumption of terminal equipment; on the other hand, this embodiment can prevent the paging message from carrying the downlink data or the scheduling information of the downlink data, thereby avoiding the reduction of paging capacity.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include the above-mentioned second indication information and the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the downlink data may arrive according to the second indication information. If the call message indicates the first downlink data of the first terminal device, the time-frequency position of the first downlink data is determined according to the third indication information, and the first downlink data is received at the time-frequency position.
  • the access network device transmits the second indication information through DCI to indicate the arrival of downlink data and the time-frequency position of the downlink data.
  • the terminal device can receive the downlink data as soon as possible through simplified signaling or data.
  • the interaction process can realize the early transmission of downlink data, which can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce the power consumption of terminal equipment; on the other hand, this embodiment can prevent the paging message from carrying the downlink data or the scheduling information of the downlink data, thereby avoiding the reduction of paging capacity.
  • the first terminal device may also receive a system message from an access network device, where the system information is used to indicate the time-frequency position occupied by the first downlink data.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the paging message.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the DCI.
  • the method can use the system message to indicate the time and frequency position, which helps to reduce the information carried by the DCI and minimize the load of the DCI.
  • the access network device may also send fourth indication information to the first terminal device through a system message, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the aforementioned data frequency domain offset and/or data time domain offset. Shift.
  • the access network device uses the system message to carry the fourth indication information so as to indicate the arrival of downlink data and the time-frequency position of the downlink data.
  • the terminal device can receive the downlink data as soon as possible through simplified signaling or The data exchange process can realize the early transmission of downlink data, which can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce the power consumption of terminal equipment; on the other hand, this embodiment can prevent the paging message from carrying the downlink data or the scheduling information of the downlink data, thereby avoiding reducing paging. Call capacity.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which is applicable to a first terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the DCI from the access network device, where the DCI is used to schedule the first paging message, and the DCI is also used to schedule the first downlink data and the second paging message of the first terminal device.
  • the first paging message is used to page the terminal device, and the DCI also includes scheduling information of the first downlink data.
  • the first paging message and the second paging message from the access network device are received.
  • the first paging message The message does not include the identifier of the first terminal device, the second paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the identifier of the first terminal device is used to indicate that the first downlink data corresponds to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives data from the access network according to the DCI and the second paging message.
  • the first downlink data of the device is used to page the first terminal device and also indicates that the first terminal device corresponds to the first downlink data.
  • the method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device, or a chip set in the terminal device for realizing the function of the terminal device, or other component used for realizing the function of the terminal device.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device.
  • the first paging message is used to page the terminal device, so that the terminal device initiates a random access procedure, so as to establish an RRC connection with the access network device, and then perform data transmission.
  • the second paging message is used to page the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device directly receives the downlink data after receiving the second paging message. If the downlink data reception fails, the first terminal device can initiate a random connection. ⁇ Into the process. In this method, there is no need for a complicated RRC connection process between the first terminal device and the access network device. After receiving the DCI and the paging message, the first terminal device can receive downlink data according to the DCI and the paging message.
  • the first terminal device can receive the downlink data as early as possible, and the early transmission of the downlink data can be realized through a simplified signaling or data exchange process, which can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device; on the other hand, this embodiment It can avoid that the paging message carries the downlink data or the scheduling information of the downlink data, thereby avoiding reducing the paging capacity.
  • the second paging message may include an identifier of at least one terminal device, and the identifier of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with the at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • the second paging message may include a set of terminal device identifications containing downlink data, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device, wherein the identification of at least one terminal device corresponds to at least one downlink data transmission block in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first terminal device After receiving the second paging message, the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device includes the first terminal device identifier after receiving the second paging message, and determines that the first terminal device corresponds to the first terminal device, and therefore the first terminal device receives the downstream data.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device will subsequently send first downlink data, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn that it needs to receive the first downlink data.
  • the second indication information may use one bit to indicate that downlink data is sent to the first terminal device. In this way, after receiving the DCI, the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include third indication information, and the third indication information includes the data frequency domain offset and/or the data time domain offset, and the data frequency domain offset The amount is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position for sending the second paging message relative to the frequency domain position for sending the first paging message and the frequency domain position for sending the downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending the first paging message. 2. The offset of the frequency domain position of the paging message, where the data time domain offset is used to indicate the time domain position of sending the second paging message relative to the time domain position of sending the first paging message And the offset of the time domain position of sending the downlink data relative to the time domain position of sending the second paging message.
  • the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive, and determine the time-frequency position corresponding to the downlink data according to the third indication information in the DCI, so as to receive the downlink data at the time-frequency position .
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include the above-mentioned second indication information and the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines the possible downlink data arrival according to the second indication information.
  • the second paging message indicates the first downlink data of the first terminal device, then the time-frequency position of the first downlink data is determined according to the third indication information, and the first downlink data is received at the time-frequency position.
  • the first terminal device may also receive a system message from an access network device, where the system information is used to indicate the time-frequency position occupied by the first downlink data.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the second paging message.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the DCI.
  • the access network device may also send fourth indication information to the first terminal device through a system message, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the aforementioned data frequency domain offset and/or data time domain offset. Shift.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which is applicable to access network equipment, and the method includes:
  • the access network device sends a DCI for scheduling a paging message to the first terminal device, where the DCI includes scheduling information for downlink data, and then, the access network device sends the paging message to the first terminal device, and the paging message includes the first terminal device.
  • An indication information where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data corresponds to the first terminal device, and then the access network device sends the first downlink data to the first terminal device.
  • the method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the second communication device is an access network device, or a chip set in the access network device for realizing the function of the access network device, or a chip used for realizing the function of the access network device Other parts.
  • the second communication device is an access network device.
  • the first indication information includes the number N of downlink data transmission blocks or the number N of identities of terminals with downlink data, and the first terminal device receives all After the paging message is described, it is determined according to the number N and the terminal list of the paging message that the first terminal device has corresponding first downlink data, so the first terminal device receives the downlink data.
  • the first indication information includes at least one indication information, and the at least one indication information corresponds to at least one terminal device identifier in the paging message, and the at least one indication information The information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal device has corresponding downlink data.
  • the at least one indication information may be at least one field, and each field is used to indicate whether the corresponding terminal device has downlink data arrived.
  • the first indication information may also include only a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device; the identification of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device will subsequently send first downlink data, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn that it needs to receive the first downlink data.
  • the second indication information may use one bit to indicate that downlink data is sent to the first terminal device. In this way, after receiving the DCI, the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include third indication information, and the third indication information includes the data frequency domain offset and/or the data time domain offset, and the data frequency domain offset The amount is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position of sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position of sending the paging message, and the data time domain offset is used to indicate the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the sending station. State the offset of the time domain position of the paging message.
  • the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive, and determine the time-frequency position corresponding to the downlink data according to the third indication information in the DCI, so as to receive the downlink data at the time-frequency position .
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include the above-mentioned second indication information and the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the downlink data may arrive according to the second indication information. If the call message indicates the first downlink data of the first terminal device, the time-frequency position of the first downlink data is determined according to the third indication information, and the first downlink data is received at the time-frequency position.
  • the first terminal device may also receive a system message from an access network device, where the system information is used to indicate the time-frequency position occupied by the first downlink data.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the paging message.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the DCI.
  • the access network device may also send fourth indication information to the first terminal device through a system message, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the aforementioned data frequency domain offset and/or data time domain offset. Shift.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which is applicable to access network equipment, and the method includes:
  • the access network device sends the DCI of the first scheduling paging message to the first terminal device, where the DCI is used to schedule the first paging message, and the DCI is also used to schedule the first downlink data of the first terminal device and Second paging message, after that, the access network device sends the second paging message to the first terminal device.
  • the second paging message includes the identity of the first terminal device, and the identity of the first terminal device is used to indicate the first terminal device.
  • One piece of downlink data corresponds to the first terminal device, and then the access network device sends the first downlink data to the first terminal device.
  • the method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the second communication device is an access network device, or a chip set in the access network device for realizing the function of the access network device, or a chip used for realizing the function of the access network device Other parts.
  • the second communication device is an access network device.
  • the first indication information includes the number of downlink data transmission blocks N or the number of identities of terminals with downlink data N
  • the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device has corresponding first downlink data according to the number N and the terminal list of the paging message, so the first terminal device receives the downlink data.
  • the second paging message may include an identifier of at least one terminal device, and the identifier of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with the at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • the second paging message may include a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device, wherein the identification of the at least one terminal device corresponds to at least one downlink data transmission block in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device includes the first terminal device identifier, and determines that the first terminal device corresponds to the first terminal device. Therefore, the first terminal device receives the downstream data.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device will subsequently send first downlink data, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn that it needs to receive the first downlink data.
  • the second indication information may use one bit to indicate that downlink data is sent to the first terminal device. In this way, after receiving the DCI, the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the data frequency domain offset and/or the data time domain offset are included.
  • the domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position of sending the second paging message with respect to the frequency domain position of sending the first paging message and the frequency domain position of sending the downlink data relative to the sending.
  • the offset of the frequency domain position of the second paging message, and the data time domain offset is used to indicate that the time domain position of sending the second paging message is relative to that of sending the first paging message
  • the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive, and determine the time-frequency position corresponding to the downlink data according to the third indication information in the DCI, so as to receive the downlink data at the time-frequency position .
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include the above-mentioned second indication information and the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the downlink data may arrive according to the second indication information. If the call message indicates the first downlink data of the first terminal device, the time-frequency position of the first downlink data is determined according to the third indication information, and the first downlink data is received at the time-frequency position.
  • the first terminal device may also receive a system message from an access network device, where the system information is used to indicate the time-frequency position occupied by the first downlink data.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the paging message.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the DCI.
  • the access network device may also send fourth indication information to the first terminal device through a system message, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the aforementioned data frequency domain offset and/or data time domain offset. Shift.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with a terminal device.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware. Circuit combined with software implementation.
  • the device may include a transceiving module and a processing module, and the transceiving module and the processing module may perform the corresponding function in any design example of the first aspect or the corresponding function in any design example of the second aspect,
  • the transceiver module and the processing module may perform the corresponding function in any design example of the first aspect or the corresponding function in any design example of the second aspect,
  • the functions of the transceiver module and the processing module reference may be made to the records of the first and second aspects, which will not be described here.
  • a communication device may be an access network device, or a device in an access network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device.
  • the device may include a module that performs one-to-one correspondence of the method/operation/step/action described in the third aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the module may be a hardware circuit, software, or hardware. Circuit combined with software implementation.
  • the device may include a transceiving module, and the transceiving module is configured to perform the corresponding function in any design example of the third aspect or the corresponding function in any design example of the fourth aspect.
  • the specific functions of the processing module and the transceiver module please refer to the records of the third aspect and the fourth aspect above, which are not described here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device including a processor, configured to implement the method described in the first aspect, or used to implement the method described in the second aspect.
  • the device may also include a memory for storing instructions and/or data.
  • the memory may be coupled with the processor and integrated on one chip, or separately integrated on different chips.
  • the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory, the method described in the first aspect can be implemented , Or the method described in the second aspect above can be implemented.
  • the device may also include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, pin, or other type of communication interface.
  • the device may be a network device and so on.
  • the device includes:
  • Memory used to store program instructions
  • the communication interface is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the processor is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from an access network device through the communication interface, where the DCI is used to schedule paging messages, and the DCI also includes scheduling information for downlink data;
  • the paging message of the access network device includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data corresponds to the first terminal device;
  • the communication interface receives the first downlink data from the access network device.
  • the first indication information includes the number N of downlink data transmission blocks or the number N of identities of terminals with downlink data
  • the first terminal device receives the paging message according to the number N N and the terminal list of the paging message determine that the first terminal device has corresponding first downlink data, so the first terminal device receives the downlink data.
  • the first indication information includes at least one indication information, and the at least one indication information corresponds to at least one terminal device identifier in the paging message, and the at least one indication information The information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal device has corresponding downlink data.
  • the at least one indication information may be at least one field, and each field is used to indicate whether the corresponding terminal device has downlink data arrived.
  • the first indication information may also include only a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device; the identification of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device will subsequently send first downlink data, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn that it needs to receive the first downlink data.
  • the second indication information may use one bit to indicate that downlink data is sent to the first terminal device. In this way, after receiving the DCI, the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive.
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include third indication information, and the third indication information is used for the data frequency domain offset and/or the data time domain offset, and the data frequency domain offset
  • the offset is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position of sending downlink data with respect to the frequency domain position of sending the paging message
  • the data time domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position of sending the paging message. The offset of the time domain position of the paging message.
  • the first terminal device can determine that downlink data may arrive, and determine the time-frequency position corresponding to the downlink data according to the third indication information in the DCI, so as to receive the downlink data at the time-frequency position .
  • the scheduling information in the DCI may include the above-mentioned second indication information and the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the downlink data may arrive according to the second indication information. If the call message indicates the first downlink data of the first terminal device, the time-frequency position of the first downlink data is determined according to the third indication information, and the first downlink data is received at the time-frequency position.
  • the first terminal device may also receive a system message from an access network device, where the system information is used to indicate the time-frequency position occupied by the first downlink data.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the paging message.
  • the first terminal device receives the system message before receiving the DCI.
  • the access network device may also send fourth indication information to the first terminal device through a system message, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the aforementioned data frequency domain offset and/or data time domain offset. Shift.
  • the device includes:
  • Memory used to store program instructions
  • the communication interface is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the processor is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from an access network device, where the DCI is used to schedule a first paging message, and the DCI is also used to schedule first downlink data and second paging of the first terminal device.
  • Paging message after receiving the second paging message from the access network device, the second paging message includes the identity of the first terminal device, and the identity of the first terminal device is used to indicate the first downlink
  • the data corresponds to the first terminal device; then the first downlink data from the access network device is received.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device that includes a processor, and is configured to implement the method described in the third aspect or the method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the device may also include a memory for storing instructions and/or data.
  • the memory may be coupled with the processor and integrated on one chip, or separately integrated on different chips.
  • the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory, the method described in the third aspect can be implemented , Or the method described in the fourth aspect can be implemented.
  • the device may also include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, pin, or other type of communication interface.
  • the device may be a network device and so on.
  • the device includes:
  • Memory used to store program instructions
  • the communication interface is used to communicate with other devices.
  • a processor configured to send downlink control information DCI for scheduling paging messages to the first terminal device through the communication interface, where the DCI includes scheduling information of the downlink data; and then to the first terminal device through the communication interface
  • the device sends the paging message, and the paging message includes first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data corresponds to the first terminal device;
  • the first terminal device sends the first downlink data.
  • the device includes:
  • Memory used to store program instructions
  • the communication interface is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the processor is configured to send downlink control information DCI used to schedule the first paging message to the first terminal device, where the DCI is used to schedule the first paging message, and the DCI is also used to schedule the first terminal device of the first terminal device.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first communication device, where the first communication device is configured to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the first communication device may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the first communication device is a first terminal device, or a chip or other component provided in the first terminal device.
  • the communication device is a first terminal device.
  • the first communication device is the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec, and the like in the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver (or, the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, which communicates with the radio frequency transceiver in the first terminal device.
  • the components are connected to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the introduction is continued by taking the first communication device as the first terminal device, and the processing module and the transceiver module as examples. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from an access network device, the DCI is used to schedule paging messages, and the DCI is also used to schedule downlink data.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the paging message from the access network device, where the paging message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that there is a corresponding first downlink data ⁇ The first terminal device.
  • the processing module is used to determine whether there is downlink data and the receiving position of the downlink data according to the DCI and the paging message.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the first downlink data from the access network device.
  • the DCI includes third indication information
  • the third indication information includes a data frequency domain offset and/or a data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for Indicate the offset of the frequency domain position of sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position of sending the paging message
  • the data time domain offset is used to indicate the time domain position of sending the downlink data relative to the sending of the paging message. The offset of the time domain position of the message.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive system information from the access network device, where the system information is used to indicate the time-frequency position of the first downlink data.
  • the system information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information includes a data frequency domain offset and/or a data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for
  • the data time domain offset is used to indicate the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the sending of the paging message. The offset of the time domain position of the call message.
  • the first indication information includes the number N of downlink data transmission blocks.
  • the first indication information includes at least one indication information, and the at least one indication information corresponds to at least one terminal device identifier in the paging message, and the at least one indication information It is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal device has corresponding downlink data.
  • the at least one indication information may be at least one field, and each field is used to indicate whether the corresponding terminal device has downlink data arrived.
  • the first indication information may also include only a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device, and the identification of the at least one terminal device corresponds to at least one downlink data transmission block in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • a first communication device configured to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the first communication device may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the first communication device is a first terminal device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the first communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or transmitter and receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the introduction continues with the first communication device being the first terminal device, and the processing module and the transceiver module as examples. among them,
  • the receiving module is configured to receive DCI from an access network device, the DCI is used to schedule a first paging message, and the DCI is also used to schedule first downlink data and a second paging message of the first terminal device .
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a first paging message and a second paging message from the access network device, the first paging message does not include the identifier of the first terminal device, and the second paging message includes An identifier of the first terminal device, where the identifier of the first terminal device is used to indicate that the first downlink data corresponds to the first terminal device.
  • the processing module is used to determine whether there is downlink data and the receiving position of the downlink data according to the first paging message and the second paging message.
  • the receiving module is also used to receive the first downlink data from the access network device.
  • the scheduling information includes second indication information, and the second indication information indicates that the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device will subsequently send first downlink data, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn that it needs to receive the first downlink data.
  • the DCI includes third indication information
  • the third indication information includes a data frequency domain offset and/or a data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for Indicate the offset of the frequency domain position at which the second paging message is sent relative to the frequency domain position at which the first paging message is sent and the frequency domain position at which the downlink data is sent relative to the frequency domain position at which the second paging message is sent
  • the offset of the frequency domain position of the message, where the data time domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending the second paging message relative to the time domain position of sending the first paging message
  • the offset of the time domain position for sending the downlink data relative to the time domain position for sending the second paging message is used for Indicate the offset of the frequency domain position at which the second paging message is sent relative to the frequency domain position at which the first paging message is sent and the frequency domain position at which the downlink data is sent relative to the frequency domain position at which the second paging message is sent
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive system information from the access network device, where the system information is used to indicate the first downlink data or the second search The time-frequency position of the call message.
  • the system information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information includes a data frequency domain offset and/or a data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for When indicating the offset of the frequency domain position for sending the second paging message relative to the frequency domain position for sending the first paging message and the frequency domain position for sending the downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending the second paging message
  • the offset of the frequency domain position of the paging message, and the data time domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending the second paging message with respect to the time domain position of sending the first paging message
  • the second paging message includes an identifier of at least one terminal device, and the identifier of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • the second paging message may include a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device; the identification of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • a second communication device is provided.
  • the second communication device is used to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the second communication device may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the communication device is an access network device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the second communication device is an access network device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be realized by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be realized by a receiver.
  • the sender and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the access network device.
  • the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, which communicates with the radio frequency transceiver in the access network device.
  • the components are connected to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the second communication device is continued to be an access network device, and the processing module and the transceiving module are taken as examples for the introduction. among them,
  • the processing module is used to determine the downlink control information DCI for scheduling paging messages.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send downlink control information DCI used for scheduling paging messages to the first terminal device, and the DCI is also used for scheduling downlink data.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the paging message to the first terminal device, where the paging message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first downlink data corresponds to the Mentioned first terminal equipment.
  • the transceiver module sends the first downlink data to the first terminal device.
  • the DCI includes second indication information, and the second indication information indicates that the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device will subsequently send first downlink data, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn that it needs to receive the first downlink data.
  • the DCI includes third indication information
  • the third indication information includes a data frequency domain offset and/or a data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for Indicate the offset of the frequency domain position of sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position of sending the paging message
  • the data time domain offset is used to indicate the time domain position of sending the downlink data relative to the sending of the paging message. The offset of the time domain position of the message.
  • the transceiver module before the transceiver module sends the first downlink data to the first terminal device, the transceiver module is further configured to send system information to the first terminal device, and the system information is used for To indicate the time-frequency position occupied by the first downlink data.
  • the system information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information includes a data frequency domain offset and/or a data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for
  • the data time domain offset is used to indicate the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the sending of the paging message. The offset of the time domain position of the call message.
  • the first indication information includes the number N of downlink data transmission blocks.
  • the first indication information includes at least one indication information, and the at least one indication information corresponds to at least one terminal device identifier in the paging message, and the at least one indication information It is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal device has corresponding downlink data.
  • the at least one indication information may be at least one field, and each field is used to indicate whether the corresponding terminal device has downlink data arrived.
  • the first indication information may also include only a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device; the identification of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • a second communication device is provided.
  • the second communication device is used to execute the method in the foregoing fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the second communication device may include a module for executing the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the communication device is an access network device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the second communication device is an access network device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the access network device.
  • the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, which communicates with the radio frequency transceiver in the access network device.
  • the components are connected to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the second communication device is continued to be an access network device, and the processing module and the transceiving module are taken as examples for the introduction. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine the downlink control information DCI for scheduling the first paging message.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send downlink control information DCI for scheduling a first paging message to a first terminal device, where the DCI includes scheduling information of downlink data.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a second paging message to the first terminal device, where the second paging message includes an identifier of the terminal device, and the terminal device identifier is used to indicate the first downlink
  • the data corresponds to the terminal device, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the scheduling information includes second indication information, and the second indication information indicates that the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the network device will subsequently send first downlink data, and the first downlink data is sent to the first terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn that it needs to receive the first downlink data.
  • the DCI includes third indication information
  • the third indication information includes a data frequency domain offset and/or a data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for Indicate the offset of the frequency domain position of sending the second paging message relative to the frequency domain position of sending the first paging message and the frequency domain position of sending the downlink data relative to the sending of the second paging message
  • the offset of the time domain position for sending the downlink data relative to the time domain position for sending the second paging message is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending the second paging message relative to the time domain position of sending the first paging message.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send system information to the first terminal device, where the system information is used to indicate the time-frequency position occupied by the downlink data.
  • the system information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information includes a data frequency domain offset and/or a data time domain offset
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for When indicating the offset of the frequency domain position for sending the second paging message relative to the frequency domain position for sending the first paging message and the frequency domain position for sending the downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending the second paging message
  • the offset of the frequency domain position of the paging message, and the data time domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending the second paging message with respect to the time domain position of sending the first paging message
  • the second paging message includes an identifier of at least one terminal device, and the identifier of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • the second paging message may include a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device; the identification of the at least one terminal device has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one downlink data transmission block.
  • the first paging message is used to page the terminal device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, which includes a processor and an interface, and may also include a memory, for implementing any possible design of the first aspect, the first aspect, the second aspect, or the second aspect.
  • a chip system which includes a processor and an interface, and may also include a memory, for implementing any possible design of the first aspect, the first aspect, the second aspect, or the second aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any possible design of the first aspect, the first aspect, the second aspect, or the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a system, which includes the device described in the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, and the device described in the seventh or eighth aspect.
  • the system includes the device described in the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect, and the device described in the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer storage medium for storing a computer program.
  • the computer program includes any one of the possible designs or the first aspect of the first aspect, the second aspect, and the first aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer storage medium for storing a computer program.
  • the computer program includes any one of the possible designs or the first aspect of the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and the third aspect. Instructions for any one of the four possible design methods.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of an example of an early data transmission technology in the prior art
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a specific communication system architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of another specific communication system architecture to which the embodiments of this application are applicable;
  • 3A to 3E are the interaction flowcharts of the first data transmission method provided by the embodiments of this application.
  • 4A to 4C are schematic diagrams of offsets provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is an interaction flowchart of a specific scenario of the first data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 6A and 6B are flowcharts of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B provide another schematic diagram of offset for an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is one of the schematic diagrams of the structure of the data transmission device in the embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is the second schematic diagram of the structure of the data transmission device in the embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is the third structural diagram of the data transmission device in the embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal equipment also known as terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • terminal equipment is a way of providing voice to users And/or data connectivity devices, for example, may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal, mobile terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • mobile phones or “cellular” phones
  • computers with mobile terminals
  • portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices smart wearable devices, and so on.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • the terminal device may also include restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • smart wearable devices are the general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a smart wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories.
  • Smart wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • smart wearable devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal may also be a virtual reality (VR) device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in driverless, and a remote Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, and smart homes Wireless terminal in the etc.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • wireless terminal in industrial control a wireless terminal in driverless
  • remote Wireless terminals in remote medical surgery wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, and smart homes Wireless terminal in the etc.
  • (Radio) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment for example, includes a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to the radio access network through one or more cells on the air interface. Terminal communication equipment.
  • the (wireless) access network equipment can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include IP network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the (wireless) access network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • (wireless) access network equipment may include radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), and base transceiver station (base transceiver station).
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • BTS radio network controller
  • home base station for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB
  • BBU baseband unit
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • the (wireless) access network equipment may also include a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) or the 4th generation mobile communication technology (4G) ) Evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the system.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-A evolved LTE system
  • 4G 4th generation mobile communication technology
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B Evolved base station in the system.
  • the (wireless) access network equipment may also include the next generation node B (gNB) and the transmission and reception point (TRP) in the 5G system or the new radio (NR) system. Or transmission point (TP).
  • gNB next generation node B
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • TP transmission point
  • the (wireless) access network equipment may also include a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) system,
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • CloudRAN cloud radio access network
  • the core network (CN) equipment is connected to multiple access networks, including the circuit switched (CS) domain and/or the data switching (Packet Switched, PS) domain.
  • the CS network element has a mobile switching center , Visit location register and gateway mobile switching center, PS network element has general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS) node and gateway GPRS support node.
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • Some network elements such as home location register, visitor location register, authentication center can be shared by CS domain and PS domain.
  • multiple refers to two or more than two. In view of this, “multiple” can also be understood as “at least two” in the embodiments of the present application. “At least one” can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more.
  • including at least one refers to including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included.
  • the included can be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.
  • MTC or NB-IoT is a part of next-generation communication systems, for example, 5G systems, and its market demand is growing rapidly.
  • MTC or NB-IoT For example, for large-scale deployment of smart water/electric meters, smart homes, cars, wearable devices and other IoT terminal devices, one NB -There may be a large number of terminal devices of the above types under the IoT base station (for example, more than tens of thousands).
  • the business volume of the terminal equipment is larger, and the data packets generated by the business are smaller.
  • radio resource control In a traditional cellular network, when a terminal device communicates with an access network device, radio resource control (RRC) needs to be established, and the process of establishing an RRC connection requires the terminal device and the network device to exchange multiple signaling to complete. Therefore, in order to reduce the signaling overhead and power consumption in MTC or NB-IoT, a paging message-based downlink data transmission method is proposed. In this way, the terminal device does not need to establish an RRC connection with the access network device to perform small data packets. Transmission.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of an example of a downlink data transmission method based on a paging message in the prior art.
  • Step 101 A serving gateway (serving gateway, SGW) sends a downlink data notification (downlink data notification) message to a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME).
  • SGW serving gateway
  • MME mobility management entity
  • Step 102 The MME sends an S1-paging message to the eNB according to the downlink data notification message.
  • the MME sends a paging (paging) message to the eNB through the S1 interface, and the paging message includes the temporary mobile subscriber identity (system architecture evolution-temporary mobile subscriber identity, S-TMSI) of the UE to be paged.
  • S-TMSI system architecture evolution-temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • step 101 and step 102 it may further include: the S-GW sends downlink data to the eNB.
  • step 101 and step 102 it may further include: the S-GW sends downlink data to the MME, and the MME sends the downlink data to the eNB.
  • Step 103 The eNB sends downlink data to the UE.
  • the foregoing step 103 is specifically: the eNB sends a Uu-paging message to the UE, and the Uu-paging message carries the downlink data.
  • the UE receives the downlink data by receiving the Uu-Paging message.
  • the above step 103 is specifically: the eNB sends a Uu-paging message to the UE, the Uu-paging message carries scheduling information of the downlink data, and the scheduling information is used for Scheduling the downlink data.
  • the UE receives the scheduling information of the downlink data by receiving the Uu-paging message, and then receives the downlink data according to the scheduling information.
  • the above-mentioned step 103 is specifically: the eNB sends a Uu-paging message to the UE, and the Uu-paging message carries a cell-radio network temporary identifier (cell-radio network temporary identifier, C).
  • C cell-radio network temporary identifier
  • the C-RNTI is used to send scheduling information of the downlink data
  • the scheduling information is used to schedule the downlink data.
  • the UE receives the C-RNTI by receiving the Uu-paging message, receives the scheduling information of the downlink data through the C-RNTI, and receives the downlink data according to the scheduling information.
  • the paging message sent by the eNB to the UE may carry downlink data, or carry the scheduling information of the downlink data, or carry the C-RNTI. Because the size of the paging message is limited, and the downlink data, scheduling information and The C-RNTI occupies more bits, which reduces the number of bits carrying the UE identity in the paging message, which affects the paging capacity of the paging message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method.
  • the method can realize the early transmission of downlink data through a simplified signaling or data interaction process, which can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce the power consumption of the terminal;
  • the paging message does not carry downlink data or scheduling information of the downlink data, which can avoid increasing the load of the paging message and reducing the paging capacity.
  • the “time domain position”, “time-frequency position”, and “frequency domain position” mentioned may be “time-domain position of the time-frequency resource”, “Time-frequency location of time-frequency resource”, “Frequency-domain location of time-frequency resource”. It is understandable that the embodiment of this application does not limit the specific indication method of the time-frequency position.
  • “the time-domain position of the downlink data” may refer to the "time-domain position of the time-frequency resource of the downlink data.”
  • the time domain position where the transmission resource of the downlink data is located can be known, and the downlink data can be received at the time domain position.
  • the downlink data is carried through a physical downlink channel, Then the terminal device can determine the time domain position of the physical downlink channel, receive the physical downlink channel, and obtain the downlink data.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • “and/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist separately. There are three cases of B.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship. At least one involved in this application refers to one or more; multiple refers to two or more.
  • both the core network device and the access network device may be referred to as network devices.
  • the embodiments of this application may use words such as "first" and "second" to distinguish the description. It is understandable that such words cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance. Nor can it be understood as indicating or implying order.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as long term evolution (LTE) systems, worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication systems, and the fifth generation (5th generation).
  • Generation, 5G) communication systems such as new radio access technology (NR) and future communication systems, such as 6G systems.
  • NR new radio access technology
  • 6G systems such as 6G systems.
  • MTC long term evolution
  • NB-IoT can also be applied to the transmission scenario of any downlink small data packet.
  • FIG. 2A shows a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system to which the data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the communication system architecture shown in Figure 2A includes two parts: a radio access network and a core network.
  • the radio access network is an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), which is used for Realize the functions related to wireless access.
  • the core network includes MME, SGW, packet data network gateway (PGW) and so on.
  • the MME is mainly responsible for the mobility management and session management of the control plane.
  • the SGW is a user plane functional entity, which completes the routing and forwarding of packet data.
  • the PGW is a gateway connecting to an external data network.
  • S-GW and P-GW can also be deployed in one, which can be collectively referred to as a gateway.
  • the UE can access the external PDN by establishing a connection from the UE to the E-UTRAN to the SGW to the PGW to the packet data network (PDN).
  • PDN packet data network
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of the architecture of another possible communication system to which the embodiments of this application are applicable.
  • the unified communication system architecture is also divided into two parts: a wireless access network and a core network.
  • the radio access network is the next generation radio access network (NG-RAN), which is used to implement functions related to radio access.
  • the core network includes: access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements, session management function (SMF) network elements, user plane function (UPF) network elements, and so on.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • the SMF network element is mainly responsible for session management.
  • the SMF network element may also be referred to as an SMF device or an SMF entity.
  • UPF is mainly responsible for processing user messages, such as forwarding.
  • the UE can access the DN by establishing a session from the UE to the NG-RAN to the UPF to the data network (DN).
  • the communication system architecture provided by the embodiments of the present application is only an example, which can be applied to 5G systems, advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) systems, and worldwide microwave interconnection access (worldwide interoperability). for microwave access, WiMAX), or wireless local area networks (WLAN) systems, etc.
  • LTE-A advanced long term evolution
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the communication system architecture may also be suitable for future-oriented communication technologies.
  • the communication system architecture described in the embodiments of the present application is intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a reference to the embodiments of the present application.
  • those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the evolution of the network architecture, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the access network device described below may be the access network device in the communication system architecture shown in FIG. 2A.
  • the network access device for example, may be an eNB
  • the terminal device described below may be the terminal device in the communication system architecture shown in FIG. 2A
  • the core network device described below may be the communication system architecture shown in FIG. 2A
  • the core network equipment in, for example, may be an MME network element.
  • the access network device described below may be the access network device in the communication system architecture shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device described may be a terminal device in the communication system architecture shown in FIG. 2B, and the core network device described below may be a core network device in the communication system architecture shown in FIG. 2B, for example, may be an AMF network element .
  • interactive devices may be represented by terminal devices, access network devices, core network devices, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a UE
  • the access network device may be a gNB
  • the core network device may be AMF or UPF.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which may also be referred to as: a downlink data transmission method based on paging DCI, or a method of transmitting downlink data immediately after transmitting a paging message, or a downlink data based on paging Transmission method, or early transmission method of downlink data based on paging.
  • a data transmission method which may also be referred to as: a downlink data transmission method based on paging DCI, or a method of transmitting downlink data immediately after transmitting a paging message, or a downlink data based on paging Transmission method, or early transmission method of downlink data based on paging.
  • the embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • FIG. 3A it is a schematic flow chart of the first data transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 3A, the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 301 The access network device sends Downlink Control Information (DCI) to the first terminal device, where the DCI is used for scheduling paging messages, and the DCI is also used for scheduling downlink data.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the DCI may include first scheduling information, the first scheduling information is used for scheduling paging messages (Paging), and the DCI is also used for scheduling downlink data.
  • the downlink data may be data carried on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), or the downlink data may include at least one of the following:
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • Response message configuration information is used to indicate the time-frequency position of sending the response message, and the response message is used to respond to the downlink data or the paging message.
  • the access network device may send the DCI to multiple terminal devices served by the access network device, and the multiple terminal devices include the first terminal device.
  • the DCI is used to parse the radio network temporary identifier (P-RNTI) scrambling of the paging message.
  • P-RNTI radio network temporary identifier
  • the DCI may further include third indication information, and the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of the downlink data.
  • the DCI may further include second indication information, and the second indication information may be used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the downlink data scheduled by the DCI is sent to the terminal device;
  • the DCI is used to schedule downlink data
  • the DCI contains scheduling information of downlink data
  • the DCI includes the third indication information.
  • the second indication information is used by the first terminal device to determine that there is downlink data scheduled through the DCI. It should be noted that the downlink data is sent by the network after the DCI. The second indication information sent by the device to the terminal device only indicates that there is downlink data corresponding to the terminal device, and does not limit whether the downlink data has arrived. The terminal device may receive the downlink data according to the scheduling information of the downlink data.
  • one bit in the DCI is used to indicate the second indication information, and when the bit is set to 1, it is used to indicate that there may be scheduling through the DCI.
  • the DCI may include the second indication information and the third indication information, and the second indication information is used by the first terminal device to determine the third indication information.
  • the DCI includes the third indication information
  • the first terminal device further receives a system message
  • the system message includes the fifth indication information
  • the fifth indication information Can be used to indicate:
  • the DCI of the scheduling paging message contains the scheduling information of the downlink data, or,
  • the current cell or access network equipment supports paging DCI-based downlink data transmission.
  • the fifth indication information is used by the first terminal device to determine the third indication information.
  • the DCI may include the second indication information
  • the first terminal device further receives a system message
  • the system message includes the sixth indication information
  • the sixth indication information It may be used to indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data
  • the second indication information is used by the first terminal device to determine the sixth indication information.
  • Step 302 The first terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the first terminal device receives the PDCCH scrambled by the P-RNTI, and the PDCCH carries the DCI.
  • the first terminal device determines the scheduling information of the paging message according to the received DCI.
  • the first terminal device may determine whether the DCI includes the third indication information, and if so, the first terminal device It may be determined that the DCI includes the third indication information, that is, it is determined that there may be downlink data scheduled through the DCI. Further, the first terminal device may determine the time and frequency of the downlink data according to the third indication information. position.
  • the first terminal device determines whether the DCI includes the second indication information, and if so, the first terminal device It may be determined that the DCI includes the second indication information, that is, to determine that there may be downlink data scheduled through the DCI, the first terminal device determines the third indication information according to the second indication information, and then, The first terminal device may determine the time-frequency position of the downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device further receives the system message, and if the first terminal device supports the data transmission method based on the data transmission method, the first terminal device determines whether the system message contains all the system messages. If the fifth indication information is included, the first terminal device determines the third indication information from the DCI according to the fifth indication information, and the first terminal device determines the third indication information according to the third indication information The time-frequency position of the downlink data.
  • Step 303 The access network device sends the paging message to the first terminal device.
  • the paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device.
  • the identifier of the terminal device may be: SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI), or an identifier used to indicate the context of the terminal device, or used in the inactive state
  • S-TMSI SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • I-RNTI active radio network temporary identifier
  • the paging message is sent to multiple terminal devices served by the access network device.
  • multiple terminal devices served by the access network device will all receive the paging message.
  • the paging message is used to page the terminal device.
  • the UEs served by the base station include UE 1 , UE 2 , ..., UE M , and the paging message can be sent to UE 1 , UE 2 , ..., UE M , such that UE 1 , UE 2 , ..., UE M Both can receive the paging message.
  • the paging message only includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the DCI includes the third indication information, then the identifier and the third indication information are used It is determined at the first terminal device that there is downlink data scheduled through the DCI.
  • the downlink data corresponding to the first terminal device may be referred to as first downlink data.
  • the paging message includes the identities of one or more terminal devices, and the paging message further includes first indication information, and the one or more terminal devices include the first For terminal equipment, the first indication information may be used to indicate:
  • One or more downlink data corresponding to the one or more terminal devices are sent through the DCI;
  • the one or more terminal devices correspondingly receive one or more downlink data; or,
  • the one or more terminal devices correspondingly receive one or more downlink data transmitted early; or,
  • the one or more terminal devices can determine that there is downlink data corresponding to itself according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may indicate that all terminal devices corresponding to the identities of the terminal devices included in the paging message have downlink data. It should be noted that in the embodiments of this application, "there is downlink data" means that there is downlink data that will be transmitted through the method provided in this application.
  • the identification of the terminal device included in the paging message can be recorded as UE-Id i Data , where the value of i is ⁇ 1,...,N ⁇ , and N is a positive integer.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device may be recorded as UE-Id J Data , where UE-Id J Data is included in UE-Id i Data , 1 ⁇ J ⁇ N, that is, the position of the terminal device identifier in the identifier list Is J, that is, the Jth identifier in the identifier list is the identifier of the first terminal device.
  • the paging message includes first indication information
  • the first indication information includes at least one indication information
  • the at least one indication information corresponds to at least one terminal device in the paging message
  • the at least one indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal device has corresponding downlink data.
  • the at least one indication information may be at least one field, and each field is used to indicate whether the corresponding terminal device has downlink data arrived.
  • the first indication information may also include only a set of terminal device identifications, and the set of terminal device identifications includes an identification of at least one terminal device.
  • the first indication information may only include the identification of the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information may include the identities of at least two terminal devices.
  • the first indication information includes the identification of the terminal device and/or at least one indication information, and the at least one indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal device has corresponding downlink data. It is indicated jointly by the identification of the terminal device and the indication information, or it may be indicated only by the identification of the terminal device.
  • the first indication information may include the identification and indication information of the first terminal device. If the indication information corresponding to the identification (UEID) of the terminal device is True, it means that there is downlink data for the terminal device. If the UEID corresponds to the indication If the information is False, it means that there is no downlink data for the terminal device.
  • the first indication information may include the identities of at least two terminal devices, and the indication information corresponding to each terminal device (for example, True or False).
  • the first indication information implicitly transmits the identification of the terminal device. Indicate that the terminal device corresponding to the identifier needs to receive downlink data.
  • the pagingrecordlist (identification list of the UE being paged) in the paging message may correspond to an indication information as a whole, and the indication information is used to indicate that all terminal devices in the pagingrecordlist have downlink data arrival.
  • the pagingrecordlist in the paging message may only include the identity of the first terminal device, or the identities of at least two terminal devices, the indication information corresponding to the pagingrecordlist is True, and then all the terminal devices corresponding to the UEID in the pagingrecordlist are Need to receive downlink data.
  • this embodiment does not limit the amount of downlink data.
  • Multiple terminal devices corresponding to all UEIDs in the pagingrecordlist can correspond to the same downlink data, or can correspond to different downlink data, for example, at least one piece of downlink data.
  • the first indication information is a set of indication information and terminal device identities in the Paging Record List (identification list of the paged UE) in Table 1, where the Paging Record List includes the identities of multiple paged terminal devices.
  • UE-Id 1 , UE-Id 2 , ..., UE-Id M-1 , UE-Id M if the indication information corresponding to UE 1 is True, it means that there is downlink data for that UE 1 , and if UE 2 corresponds to If the indication information is False, it means that there is no downlink data for the UE 2.
  • M is a positive integer.
  • the terminal device identifiers whose indication information is True can be recorded as UE-Id i Data according to the sequence in which they appear in the identifier list, where the value of i is ⁇ 1,...,N ⁇ , and N is positive. Integer and N ⁇ M.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device may be recorded as UE-Id J Data , where UE-Id J Data is included in UE-Id i Data , 1 ⁇ J ⁇ N, that is, the identifier of the first terminal device is in the identifier list
  • the position of is J, that is, the Jth identifier in the identifier list is the identifier of the first terminal device.
  • the paging message includes the first indication information and the identification list of the terminal device (ie, PagingRecordList).
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate:
  • the number of downlink data transmission blocks sent by the method provided in this application is N, or,
  • the PagingRecordList list there are M+N terminal device identifiers in the PagingRecordList list. If the first indication information is N, the last N terminal device identifiers in the PagingRecordList (ie, UE-Id M+1 in Table 2, UE-Id M+2 ,..., UE-Id M+N-1 , UE-Id M+N ) corresponding terminal UE M+1 , UE M+2 ,..., UE M+N-1 , UE M+N has Downlink data.
  • the identifiers of the terminal devices corresponding to the terminal devices with downlink data are recorded as UE-Id i Data according to their order in the identifier list, where the value of i is ⁇ 1,...,N ⁇ , and N is a positive integer.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device may be recorded as UE-Id J Data , where UE-Id J Data is included in UE-Id i Data , 1 ⁇ J ⁇ N, that is, the identifier of the first terminal device is in the identifier list
  • the position of is J, that is, the Jth identifier in the identifier list is the identifier of the first terminal device.
  • the identities of the first N terminals in the PagingRecordList ie UE-Id 1 , UE-Id 2 , ..., UE-Id N-1 in Table 2a, UE-Id N
  • the identifiers of the terminal devices corresponding to the terminal devices with downlink data are recorded as UE-Id i Data according to their order in the identifier list, where the value of i is ⁇ 1,...,N ⁇ , and N is a positive integer.
  • the identifier of the first terminal device may be recorded as UE-Id J Data , where UE-Id J Data is included in UE-Id i Data , 1 ⁇ J ⁇ N, that is, the identifier of the first terminal device is in the identifier list
  • the position of is J, that is, the Jth identifier in the identifier list is the identifier of the first terminal device.
  • UE Paging Record List (identification list of the UE being paged) UE 1 UE-Id 1 UE 2 UE-Id 2 ... ... UE M-1 UE-Id M-1 UE M UE-Id M UE M+1 UE-Id M+1 UE M+2 UE-Id M+2 ... ... UE M+N-1 UE-Id M+N-1 UE M+N UE-Id M+N
  • UE Paging Record List (identification list of the UE being paged) UE 1 UE-Id 1 UE 2 UE-Id 2 ... ... UE N-1 UE-Id N-1 UE N UE-Id N UE N+1 UE-Id N+1 UE N+2 ... ... UE N+M-1 UE-Id N+M-1 UE N+M UE-Id N+M
  • the paging message includes the first indication information
  • the first terminal device also receives a system message
  • the system message includes the fifth indication information
  • the fifth indication Information can be used to indicate:
  • the DCI of the scheduling paging message contains the scheduling information of the downlink data, or,
  • the current cell or access network equipment supports paging DCI-based downlink data transmission.
  • the fifth indication information is used for the first terminal device to determine the time-frequency position.
  • the paging message includes the first indication information
  • the first terminal device further receives a system message
  • the system message includes the sixth indication information
  • the sixth indication information It may be used to indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data
  • the first indication information is used by the first terminal device to determine the sixth indication information.
  • the access network device sequentially sends downlink data of UE-Id i Data at a time-frequency location (denoted as TF-Location i ).
  • the time-frequency location of the downlink data of the first terminal device is TF-Location J , that is, the access network device sends the downlink data of the first terminal device at the J-th time-frequency location for sending the downlink data.
  • Step 304 The first terminal device receives the paging message from the access network device.
  • the first terminal device receives the paging message according to the first scheduling information, and the first terminal device determines that the paging message includes the identity of the first terminal device.
  • the The terminal device determines the time-frequency position of the downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the paging message includes third indication information.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency position of the first downlink data of the first terminal device UE-Id J Data .
  • the third indication information is the same as the first downlink data. There is a corresponding relationship between row data. After receiving the third indication information, the first terminal device determines the time-frequency position of the first downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the paging message includes the identification and indication information of the first terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal device has downlink data, And it is determined that the DCI includes the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the position of the identifier of the first terminal device in the paging message is J according to the paging message.
  • the first terminal device determines the status of the downlink data of the first terminal device according to the third indication information, the first indication information, and the position J of the identifier of the first terminal device in the paging message. Time-frequency location TF-Location J.
  • the paging message includes third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the downlink data of UE-Id 1 , UE-Id 2 , ..., UE-Id J corresponding to the downlink data of the terminal equipment. Frequency position, where the third indication information has a corresponding relationship with the downlink data.
  • the terminal device After receiving the third indication information, the terminal device determines the time-frequency position of the corresponding downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device and the first indication information corresponding to the first terminal device, and the DCI includes the The third instruction information.
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the paging message, that the position of the identifier of the first terminal device in the paging message is J (only the identifier of the terminal device with downlink data is considered when determining J).
  • the first terminal device determines the status of the downlink data of the first terminal device according to the third indication information, the first indication information, and the position J of the identifier of the first terminal device in the paging message. Time-frequency location TF-Location J.
  • the paging message includes first indication information and third indication information, where the first indication information is the identification of the terminal device (UE-Id 1 , UE-Id 2 , ..., UE-Id i , ..., UE -Id M ), and the indication information corresponding to each terminal device (Ture, False, True, True, Ture), the identification of the terminal device corresponding to the indication information as True is recorded as UE in the order in which it appears in the identification list -Id 1 Data , UE-Id 2 Data ,..., UE-Id j Data ,..., UE-Id N Data .
  • the first indication information is the identification of the terminal device (UE-Id 1 , UE-Id 2 , ..., UE-Id i , ..., UE -Id M )
  • the indication information corresponding to each terminal device Ture, False, True, True, Ture
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the UE-Id 1 Data , UE-Id 2 Data , ..., UE-Id j Data , ..., the time-frequency position of the downlink data of the terminal equipment corresponding to the UE-Id N Data with downlink data,
  • the third indication information has a corresponding relationship with the downlink data.
  • the terminal device After receiving the third indication information, the terminal device determines the time-frequency position of the corresponding downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • Step 305 The access network device sends the downlink data to the first terminal device.
  • the downlink data is carried in RRC signaling.
  • the access network device only sends the downlink data to the first terminal device.
  • the access network device sends one or more downlink data to one or more terminal devices, and the one or more terminal devices have a one-to-one correspondence with the one or more downlink data. .
  • the access network device sends the i-th downlink data to the i-th terminal device corresponding to the i-th terminal device identifier that has downlink data in the paging message, where the value of i is ⁇ 1 ,...,N ⁇ , N is the number of downlink data, and the N downlink data correspond to the identities of the N terminal devices that have downlink data in the paging message in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • FIG. 3E referring to FIG.
  • the paging message includes first indication information and third indication information, where the first indication information is the identity of the terminal device (UE-Id 1 , UE-Id 2 , ..., UE-Id s ,...,UE-Id M ), and the indication information corresponding to each terminal device (Ture, False, True, True, Ture), and the identification of the terminal device corresponding to the indication information as True is in accordance with the order in which it appears in the identification list
  • the sequence is denoted as UE-Id 1 Data , UE-Id 2 Data , ..., UE-Id i Data , ..., UE-Id N Data .
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the UE-Id 1 Data , UE-Id 2 Data , ..., UE-Id i Data , ..., UE-Id N Data corresponding to the time-frequency position of the downlink data of the terminal equipment with downlink data,
  • the third indication information has a corresponding relationship with the downlink data.
  • the terminal device After receiving the third indication information, the terminal device determines the time-frequency position of the corresponding downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • Step 306 The first terminal device receives the downlink data from the access network device.
  • the first terminal device determines the downlink data according to the third indication information in step 304. The time-frequency position of the data, and the downlink data from the access network device is received.
  • the access network device in addition to sending downlink data to the first terminal device, the access network device also sends downlink data to other terminal devices, and the first terminal device sends the downlink data according to the first terminal device with the downlink data.
  • the order J of the appearance of the identifier in the identifier list, and the third indication information receive data on the Jth downlink data transmission block from the access network device.
  • the access network device can send downlink data to the terminal device after sending the paging message, so that the terminal device can receive the downlink data as soon as possible, and the downlink data can be realized through a simplified signaling or data exchange process.
  • the early transmission of can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce the power consumption of terminal equipment; on the other hand, this embodiment can prevent the paging message from carrying downlink data or scheduling information of the downlink data, thereby avoiding reducing the paging capacity.
  • the paging message only includes the identity of the first terminal device.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes a data frequency domain resource assignment-Data and/or a data time domain resource indication ( Time domain resource assignment-Data), the data frequency domain resource indication is used to indicate the frequency domain position of sending downlink data, and the data time domain resource indication is used to indicate the time domain position of sending the downlink data.
  • the third indication information includes a data frequency domain resource assignment-Data and/or a data time domain resource indication ( Time domain resource assignment-Data)
  • the data frequency domain resource indication is used to indicate the frequency domain position of sending downlink data
  • the data time domain resource indication is used to indicate the time domain position of sending the downlink data.
  • the DCI may be DCI format 1_0 (DCI format 1_0), which includes the information fields in the following table, in which the paging frequency domain resource assignment and the paging time-frequency resource indication ( Time domain resource assignment) is used to indicate the frequency domain location and time domain location for sending the paging message, data frequency domain resource indicator (Frequency domain resource assignment-Data) and data time-frequency resource indicator (Time domain resource assignment-Data) Used to indicate the frequency domain position and time-frequency position of sending downlink data.
  • X, Y, and Z are positive integers.
  • the paging frequency domain resource indication is used to indicate the frequency domain for sending downlink data.
  • Position if the third indication information does not include the data time domain resource indication, the paging time domain resource indication is used to indicate the time domain position for sending the downlink data.
  • Short Messages Indicator 2bits Short Messages 8bits (reserved bits) Frequency domain resource assignment (paging frequency domain resource indication) X bits Time domain resource assignment (paging time domain resource indication) 4bits
  • Frequency domain resource assignment-Data (data frequency domain resource indication) Y bits Time domain resource assignment-Data (data time domain resource indication) Z bits VRB-to-PRB mapping (VRB to PRB mapping) 1bit MCS (modulation and coding strategy) 5bits TB scaling (TB scaling) 2bits Reserved bits (reserved bits) 6bits
  • the modulation and coding strategy MCS and/or TB scaling (TB scaling) in the above table can be used for the downlink data.
  • the MCS information and/or TB scaling information of the downlink data is included in a system message.
  • the first terminal device determines at least one of the following according to the first scheduling information:
  • the unit of the start time and the end time may be a symbol or a time slot or a subframe.
  • the duration may be several symbols or time slots or subframes.
  • the start frequency domain position and the end frequency domain position may be subcarriers or time-frequency resource blocks.
  • the frequency domain width may be several time-frequency resource blocks (physical resource blocks, PRB).
  • the third indication information may include the data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data) and/or the data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), and the data frequency domain offset is used for The offset of the frequency domain position indicating the sending of downlink data relative to the frequency domain position (starting frequency domain position or ending frequency domain position) of sending the paging message, and the data time domain offset is used to indicate sending The offset of the time domain position of the downlink data relative to the time domain position (start time or end time) of sending the paging message.
  • the data frequency domain offset is used for The offset of the frequency domain position indicating the sending of downlink data relative to the frequency domain position (starting frequency domain position or ending frequency domain position) of sending the paging message
  • the data time domain offset is used to indicate sending The offset of the time domain position of the downlink data relative to the time domain position (start time or end time) of sending the paging message.
  • the DCI may be DCI format 1_0 (DCI format 1_0), which includes the information fields in the following table, in which the paging frequency domain resource assignment and the paging time-frequency resource indication ( Time domain resource assignment) is used to indicate the frequency domain position and time domain position for sending the paging message, the data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data) and the data time domain offset-data (Time domain Offset-Data) They are respectively used to indicate the offsets of the frequency domain position and the time-frequency position of sending the downlink data relative to the frequency domain position and the time-domain position of sending the paging message.
  • DCI format 1_0 DCI format 1_0
  • the paging frequency domain resource indication is used to indicate the frequency of sending downlink data. Domain location; if the third indication information does not include the data time domain offset, the paging time domain resource indication is used to indicate the time domain location for sending downlink data.
  • Frequency domain resource assignment (paging frequency domain resource indication) X bits Time domain resource assignment (paging time domain resource indication) 4bits Frequency domain Offset-Data (data frequency domain offset) Y bits Time domain Offset-Data (data time domain offset) Z bits VRB-to-PRB mapping (VRB to PRB mapping) 1bit MCS (modulation and coding strategy) 5bits TB scaling (TB expansion) 2bits Reserved bits (reserved bits) 6bits
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes a data frequency domain resource indication (Frequency domain resource assignment-Data) and a data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information includes a data frequency domain resource indication (Frequency domain resource assignment-Data) and a data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data time domain resource assignment-Data and data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency location of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information indicates that the time-frequency location of sending downlink data is the time-frequency location of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data frequency domain offset-data and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position for sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending downlink data indicated by the system message, and the data time domain offset The shift is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the time domain position of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the third indication information includes data frequency domain offset-data and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data)
  • the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position for sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending downlink data indicated by the system message
  • the data time domain offset The shift is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the time domain position of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the data frequency domain resource indication indicated by the system message is used to indicate the frequency domain position of sending downlink data; if the third indication information does not include For the data time domain offset, the data time domain resource indication indicated by the system message is used to indicate the time domain position for sending the downlink data.
  • the paging message includes the identities of one or more terminal devices.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes a time-frequency resource indication list, and the time-frequency resource indication list includes the data frequency of the downlink data of N UEs.
  • Domain resource indication and data time domain resource indication are shown in the thick-lined content of Table 5 below. It is in the form of a list.
  • Short Messages Indicator 2bits Short Messages 8bits (reserved bits) Frequency domain resource assignment (paging frequency domain resource indication) X bits
  • Time domain resource assignment (paging time domain resource indication) 4bits Time-Frequency domain resource assignment list (time-frequency resource indication list) (1..N) >Frequency domain resource assignment-Data (data frequency domain resource indication) Y bits >Time domain resource assignment-Data (data time domain resource indication) Z bits VRB-to-PRB mapping (VRB to PRB mapping) 1bit MCS (modulation and coding strategy) 5bits TB scaling (TB scaling) 2bits Reserved bits (reserved bits) 6bits
  • the modulation and coding strategy MCS and/or TB scaling (TB scaling) in the above table can be used for the downlink data.
  • the MCS information and/or TB scaling information of the downlink data is included in a system message.
  • the first terminal device determines at least one of the following according to the first scheduling information:
  • the unit of the start time and the end time may be a symbol or a time slot or a subframe.
  • the duration may be several symbols or time slots or subframes.
  • the start frequency domain position and the end frequency domain position may be subcarriers or time-frequency resource blocks.
  • the frequency domain width may be several time-frequency resource blocks (physical resource blocks, PRB).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes the data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data) and/or the data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the frequency domain position of sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position of sending the paging message (start frequency domain position or end frequency domain position) The data time domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending the downlink data relative to the time domain position (start time or end time) of sending the paging message.
  • the third indication information includes the data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data) and/or the data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data)
  • the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the frequency domain position of sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position of sending the paging message (start frequency domain position or end frequency domain position)
  • start frequency domain position or end frequency domain position start frequency domain position or end frequency domain position
  • the format of the DCI sent by the access network device to the terminal device may be DCI format 1_0 (or DCI format 1_0).
  • the DCI format 1_0 may include the following information fields, as shown in Table 6.
  • Short Messages Indicator 2bits Short Messages 8bits (reserved bits) Frequency domain resource assignment (frequency domain resource indication) X bits Time domain resource assignment (time domain resource indication) 4bits VRB-to-PRB mapping (VRB-to-PRB mapping) 1bit MCS (modulation and coding strategy) 5bits TB scaling (TB scaling) 2bits Reserved bits (reserved bits) 6bits
  • one bit in Short Messages in DCI 1_0 may indicate the second indication information, that is, it is used to indicate whether there is downlink data.
  • one bit in Reserved bits in DCI 1_0 may be used to indicate the second indication information, that is, to indicate whether there is downlink data.
  • the frequency domain resource indicator and the time domain resource indicator in DCI 1_0 may indicate the location of the paging message, for example, indicate the time-frequency location of the paging message in FIG. 4C.
  • the third indication information may include at least one of the data frequency domain offset and the data time domain offset, and Y reserved bits of the reserved bits shown in the above table may be used. Bits to indicate at least one of the data time domain offset and the data frequency domain offset.
  • Offset_t indicates the offset between the time-frequency resource carrying the paging message in the time domain and the time-frequency resource carrying the downlink data (TB1)
  • Offset_f indicates the time-frequency resource carrying the paging message in the frequency domain.
  • the offset between the time-frequency resource of the call message and the time-frequency resource carrying the downlink data (TB1).
  • the terminal device can determine the time-frequency position of TB1 in FIG. 4C according to the time-frequency resource position of the paging message and Offset_t and Offset_f.
  • Offset_t and/or Offset_f may also be used to indicate the offset between the time-frequency resource of TB1 and the time-frequency resource of TB2.
  • the paging message indicates that N terminal devices have downlink data arrival, it can indicate the time-frequency positions of N TBs, where the downlink data carried by the i-th TB belongs to the N terminal devices that are instructed to have downlink data.
  • the sequence of the i-th terminal device and the N terminal devices is the sequence in which the identifiers of the terminal devices with downlink data in the identifier list in the paging message appear.
  • the first terminal device determines at least one of the following according to a system message or the DCI:
  • the unit of the start time and the end time may be a symbol or a time slot or a subframe.
  • the duration may be several symbols or time slots or subframes.
  • the start frequency domain position and the end frequency domain position may be subcarriers or time-frequency resource blocks.
  • the frequency domain width may be several time-frequency resource blocks (physical resource blocks, PRB).
  • T StartDataJ T StartPaging +duration Paging +J ⁇ Offset_t+(J-1) ⁇ (duration DataJ ), or
  • T StartDataJ T EndPaging +J ⁇ Offset_t+(J-1) ⁇ (duration DataJ ), or
  • K is 0 or 1
  • H j is 0 or 1.
  • the first indication information indicates to carry the UE1 identity (that is, the bit on the bit is the True value), the UE3 identity (that is, the bit on the bit is the True value), and the UE5 identity (that is, The bit on the bit position is a True value), indicating that UE1, UE3, and UE5 all have corresponding downlink data that is about to arrive.
  • UE1 receives the paging message, it first determines the time to carry the downlink data of the first UE (ie UE1) (which can be recorded as the first TB, such as TB1) according to the time-frequency position of the paging message and Offset_t and Offset_f.
  • TB1 belongs to UE1, TB2 belongs to UE3, and TB3 belongs to UE5 according to the position in the UE identification list of the UE identification. That is, the downlink data corresponding to UE1 is located in TB1, the downlink data corresponding to UE2 is located in TB2, and the downlink data corresponding to UE3 is located in TB3.
  • the Y reserved bits may only indicate the time domain offset (Offset_t), the frequency domain offset (Offset_f) may be the default value, or the Y reserved bits may only indicate the frequency.
  • the domain offset (Offset_f) and the time domain offset (Offset_t) can be default values.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes a data frequency domain resource indication (Frequency domain resource assignment-Data) and a data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information includes a data frequency domain resource indication (Frequency domain resource assignment-Data) and a data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data time domain resource assignment-Data and data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency location of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information indicates that the time-frequency location of sending downlink data is the time-frequency location of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data frequency domain offset-data and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position for sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending downlink data indicated by the system message, and the data time domain offset The shift is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the time domain position of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the third indication information includes data frequency domain offset-data and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data)
  • the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position for sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending downlink data indicated by the system message
  • the data time domain offset The shift is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the time domain position of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the data frequency domain resource indication indicated by the system message is used to indicate the frequency domain position of sending downlink data; if the third indication information does not include For the data time domain offset, the data time domain resource indication indicated by the system message is used to indicate the time domain position for sending the downlink data.
  • the system message includes fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain resource assignment-Data for sending the downlink data of the first terminal device and/or the time domain resource assignment-Data for sending the downlink data.
  • Data the third indication information includes data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data) and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the fourth indication information it is possible to determine the time-frequency position of the downlink data of the first terminal device that has downlink data in the identifier list for sending the paging message.
  • the fourth indication information and the third indication information It is possible to determine the time-frequency position of sending downlink data of other terminal devices except the first terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information there may be a manner of determining the time-frequency position of the downlink data with reference to the above scenario 1, which will not be repeated here. Because the number of bits that can be carried in the DCI is limited, this method can help to further reduce the information carried by the DCI and reduce the load of the DCI as much as possible.
  • the access network device may obtain downlink data in but not limited to the following manners.
  • the core network device Before step S301 or before step S300, the core network device actively sends a first message to the access network device, and the first message includes the downlink data sent to the terminal device.
  • the first message carries the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the identifier of the terminal device may be S-TMSI or an identifier used to indicate the context of the terminal device.
  • the context identifier may be the S1 AP ID allocated by the MME, and the identifier is used to obtain the context of the terminal device from the MME. Alternatively, it may also be an identifier assigned by the access network device.
  • the resume ID (resume ID) is an identifier assigned by the base station that communicated with the terminal device last time, and the identifier is sent to the MME by the base station that communicated with the terminal device last time.
  • the terminal device context suspend request (UE context suspend request) is carried to the MME.
  • step S301 or before step S300 the access network device sends a data request message for requesting the downlink data to the core network device, and from the data request response message including the downlink data sent from the core network device, Obtain the downstream data.
  • the access network device when the access network device determines that there is downlink data that needs to be sent to the terminal device, the access network device can restore the context of the terminal device.
  • the context of the terminal device includes radio bearer (RB) configuration and security context.
  • the context identifier may be the S1 AP ID allocated by the MME, and the identifier is used to obtain the context of the terminal device from the MME. Alternatively, it may also be an identifier assigned by the access network device.
  • the resume ID (resume ID) is an identifier assigned by the base station that communicated with the terminal device last time, and the identifier is sent to the MME by the base station that communicated with the terminal device last time.
  • the terminal device context suspend request (UE context suspend request) is carried to the MME.
  • FIG. 5 shows a specific implementation manner of the data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This implementation manner is based on the description of the data transmission method shown in FIG. 3A above. Describe the implementation in detail.
  • Step 501 UPF sends UE downlink data to gNB.
  • Step 502 When the gNB determines that the downlink data of the UE has arrived, it restores the context of the UE (UE Context).
  • gNB1 determines that the downlink data of UE1 arrives, it actively restores the context of UE1 (UE Context).
  • Step 503 The gNB sends the DCI of the scheduling paging message.
  • the gNB sends a DCI for scheduling a paging message to UE1.
  • the DCI may include second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that downlink data has arrived.
  • the DCI may further include third indication information, and the third indication information indicates the time-frequency position of the downlink data.
  • Step 504 The gNB sends a paging message, the paging message is used to page the UE, and the paging message further includes first indication information, the first indication information indicating that the UE has downlink data.
  • gNB1 sends a paging message to UE1, and the paging message is used to page UE1.
  • the paging message carries the identity of UE1.
  • Step 505 The gNB sends downlink data.
  • the gNB sends the first downlink data to UE1.
  • the first downlink data may be carried in an RRC message.
  • Step 506 The UE1 receives the paging message, and when it determines that it has downlink data, restores the context and receives the downlink data.
  • the UE1 determines the downlink data according to the third indication information in the DCI Time-frequency position, and then receive the downlink data on the time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device After receiving the DCI and the paging message, the terminal device can receive downlink data according to the DCI and the paging message. Therefore, the terminal device can receive the downlink data as early as possible, reducing the time required to establish the RRC connection process, thereby reducing the service delay and improving the user experience. And because the access network equipment carries the scheduling information of the downlink data in the DCI, that is, the scheduling information of the downlink data does not need to be carried in the paging message, so the number of bits used to indicate the paging capacity in the paging message is larger. It can avoid reducing the paging capacity of paging messages.
  • FIG. 6A it is a schematic flow chart of the second data transmission method provided by the embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 6A, the method includes the following steps.
  • Step 601 The access network device sends DCI to the first terminal device.
  • the DCI includes first scheduling information, the first scheduling information is used to schedule a first paging message, and the DCI is also used to schedule downlink data and a second paging message of the first terminal device.
  • the first paging message is used to page the terminal device, so that the terminal device initiates a random access procedure, so as to establish an RRC connection with the access network device, and then perform data transmission.
  • the DCI may be sent by the access network device to multiple terminal devices served by the access network device. In other words, multiple terminal devices served by the access network device will all receive the DCI. Since the DCI includes scheduling information of the downlink data, after receiving the DCI, the terminal device can determine that the downlink data of the terminal device may arrive.
  • step 301 For the specific content of the DCI, refer to the above step 301, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 602 The first terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the first terminal device may receive the first paging message according to the first scheduling information in the received DCI. If the first paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device, the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device is paged by the access network device.
  • the first terminal device may determine whether the DCI includes the third indication information according to the DCI, and if so, it may be determined that there may be The downlink data of the first terminal device needs to be received, and the first terminal device may determine the time-frequency position of the second paging message and the downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines whether the DCI contains the second indication information according to the DCI. If it does, it can be determined that there may be downlink data of the first terminal device that needs to be received, and the first terminal device may according to the second indication information Determine the third instruction information. The first terminal device may determine the time-frequency position of the second paging message and the downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device may determine the third indication information from the DCI.
  • the first terminal device may determine the time-frequency position of the second paging message and the downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • Step 603 The access network device sends a first paging message to the first terminal device.
  • the first paging message does not include the identity of the first terminal device.
  • the identifier of the terminal device may be: SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI), or an identifier used to indicate the context of the terminal device, or I-RNTI (with Temporary identification of the wireless network in the inactive state).
  • the first paging message may be sent to multiple terminal devices in the coverage area of the access network device. In other words, multiple terminal devices within the coverage area of the access network device will all receive the first paging message. Because the first paging message is used to page the terminal device, the terminal device, after receiving the first paging message, causes the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to establish an RRC connection with the access network device, and then perform data transmission.
  • UEs served by the base station include UE 1 , UE 2 , ..., UE M , and the paging message can be sent to UE 1 , UE 2 , ..., UE M , such that UE 1 , UE 2 , ..., UE M Both can receive the paging message.
  • Step 604 The first terminal device receives the first paging message from the access network device.
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the received first paging message, that the first paging message does not include the identifier of the first terminal device.
  • Step 605 The access network device sends a second paging message to the first terminal device.
  • the second paging message includes the identity of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the received second paging message, that the second paging message includes the identifier of the first terminal device. In other words, the first terminal device can determine that there is downlink data according to the second paging message. If the second paging message only includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the DCI includes the third indication information, the identifier and the third indication information are used for the first terminal device It is determined that there is downlink data scheduled through the DCI.
  • the second paging message not only includes the identifier of the first terminal device, but also includes the identifiers of multiple terminal devices.
  • the identifier of the terminal device included in the second paging message can be recorded as UE-Id i , where i takes a value of ⁇ 1,...,M ⁇ , and M is a positive integer.
  • the identity of the first terminal device can be recorded as UE-Id J , and the identities of multiple terminal devices can form an identity list, and the second paging message includes the identity list, see FIG. 6B.
  • the first terminal device further receives a system message, the system message includes the fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information may be used to indicate:
  • the DCI of the scheduling paging message includes the scheduling information of the second paging message and the downlink data, or,
  • the current cell or access network equipment supports paging DCI-based downlink data transmission.
  • the fifth indication information is used by the first terminal device to determine the time-frequency position of the second paging message and the downlink data.
  • the first terminal device further receives a system message, the system message includes the sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information may be used to instruct to send the second paging message And the time-frequency position of the downlink data.
  • Step 606 The first terminal device receives the second paging message from the access network device.
  • the first terminal device receives the second paging message according to the first scheduling information, and the first terminal device determines that the second paging message includes the identity of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines that the second paging message only includes the identity of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device determines that the DCI includes the third indication information , The first terminal device determines the time-frequency position of the downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines that the second paging message includes the identities of one or more terminal devices, and the one or more terminal devices include the first terminal device. If the first terminal device determines that the second paging message includes the identity of the first terminal device, and determines that the DCI includes the third indication information, the first terminal device determines that the first terminal device includes the third indication information.
  • the indication information and the position J of the identifier of the first terminal device in the second paging message determine the time-frequency position J of the downlink data of the first terminal device.
  • step 604 when the first terminal device determines that the first paging message does not include the identity of the first terminal device, if the first terminal device supports a method for scheduling downlink data based on paging DCI and If the DCI includes second indication information or third indication information, the first terminal device receives the second paging message.
  • the first terminal device determines whether the second paging message includes the identity of the first terminal device according to the second paging message, and if it does, the first terminal device determines that there is downlink data corresponding to itself .
  • Step 607 The access network device sends downlink data to the first terminal device.
  • the downlink data is carried in RRC signaling.
  • the access network device only sends the downlink data to the first terminal device.
  • the access network device in addition to sending downlink data to the first terminal device, the access network device also sends downlink data to other terminal devices, and the downlink data and the terminal device have a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the access network device sends the i-th downlink data to the i-th terminal device corresponding to the i-th terminal device identifier that has downlink data in the second paging message, where the value of i is ⁇ 1,...,N ⁇ , N is the number of downlink data, and the i-th downlink data corresponds to the identity of the i-th terminal device with downlink data in the second paging message, as shown in FIG. 6B Show.
  • Step 608 The terminal device receives the downlink data from the access network device.
  • step 608 if the first terminal device determines that there is downlink data corresponding to itself, the first terminal device receives the downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the first terminal device determines the downlink data according to the third indication information in step 604. The time-frequency position of the data, and the downlink data from the access network device is received.
  • the access network device in addition to sending downlink data to the first terminal device, the access network device also sends downlink data to other terminal devices, and the first terminal device sends the downlink data according to the first terminal device with the downlink data.
  • the order J of the appearance of the identifier in the identifier list, and the third indication information receive data on the Jth downlink data transmission block from the access network device.
  • the above method may further include step 600.
  • the access network device sends a system message to the terminal device.
  • the system message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timing of the downlink data. Frequency location.
  • the terminal device determines that there is downlink data according to the identifier of the paged terminal device in the second paging message, it can also determine the time-frequency location of the downlink data according to the fourth indication information in the system message, and then receive the time-frequency location. Downlink data on the frequency position.
  • the access network device can send downlink data to the terminal device after sending the paging message, so that the terminal device can receive the downlink data as soon as possible, and the downlink data can be transmitted through a simplified signaling or data exchange process.
  • Early transmission can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce terminal power consumption; on the other hand, the paging message does not carry downlink data or scheduling information for downlink data, so the more bits used to indicate the paging capacity in the paging message, the more you can Reduce the load of paging messages to avoid reducing the paging capacity of paging messages
  • Case 1 The first paging message does not include the identity of the first terminal device, and the second paging message only includes the identity of the first terminal device.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data frequency domain resource assignment-Data ) And/or data time domain resource assignment-Data (Time domain resource assignment-Data), where the data frequency domain resource indication is used to indicate the frequency domain location for sending the second paging message and/or the downlink data, the The data time domain resource indication is used to indicate a time domain location for sending the second paging message and/or the downlink data.
  • the third indication information may include data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data) and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), and the data frequency domain offset is used for When indicating the offset of the frequency domain position for sending the second paging message relative to the frequency domain position for sending the first paging message and the frequency domain position for sending the downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending the second paging message
  • the offset of the frequency domain position of the paging message, and the data time domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending the second paging message with respect to the time domain position of sending the first paging message
  • the offset and the offset of the time domain position for sending the downlink data relative to the time domain position for sending the second paging message As shown in Figure 7A.
  • the data frequency domain offset is also used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position of sending the previous downlink data relative to the frequency domain position of sending the current downlink data
  • the data time domain offset also indicates the offset of the time domain position of sending the previous downlink data with respect to the time domain position of sending the current downlink data.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes a data frequency domain resource indication (Frequency domain resource assignment-Data) and a data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information includes a data frequency domain resource indication (Frequency domain resource assignment-Data) and a data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data time domain resource assignment-Data and data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency location of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information indicates that the time-frequency location of sending downlink data is the time-frequency location of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data frequency domain offset-data and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position for sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending downlink data indicated by the system message, and the data time domain offset The shift is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the time domain position of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the third indication information includes data frequency domain offset-data and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data)
  • the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate the offset of the frequency domain position for sending downlink data relative to the frequency domain position for sending downlink data indicated by the system message
  • the data time domain offset The shift is used to indicate the offset of the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the time domain position of sending downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the data frequency domain resource indication indicated by the system message is used to indicate the frequency domain position of sending downlink data; if the third indication information does not include For the data time domain offset, the data time domain resource indication indicated by the system message is used to indicate the time domain position for sending the downlink data.
  • the first paging message does not include the identity of the first terminal device, and the second paging message includes the identity of other terminal devices in addition to the identity of the first terminal device.
  • the identifier of at least one terminal device corresponds to at least one downlink data transmission block in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position of sending downlink data, including: the third indication information includes a time-frequency resource indication list, and the time-frequency resource indication list includes the downlink data of N UEs and the The data frequency domain resource indication and the data time domain resource indication of the second paging message.
  • the time-frequency resource indicator list is shown in the thick-lined content of Table 5. It is in the form of a list.
  • the data frequency domain resource indication and the data time domain resource indication in the above time-frequency resource indication list are numbered starting from 0, where the data frequency domain resource indication and the data time domain resource indication numbered 0 are used to indicate the second search The time-frequency domain position of the call message.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data, including: the third indication information includes the data frequency domain offset (Frequency Domain Offset-Data) ) And/or a data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), where the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate that the frequency domain position at which the second paging message is sent is relative to the frequency domain position at which the second paging message is sent.
  • the offset of the time domain position of the second paging message relative to the time domain position of sending the first paging message and the time domain position of sending downlink data relative to the time domain of sending the second paging message The offset of the position.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data frequency domain resource assignment-Data ) And the data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data, including: the third indication information includes data time domain resource assignment-Data ) And data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data).
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data, including: the third indication information indicates sending the second paging message and the downlink data
  • the time-frequency position of the data is the time-frequency position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the third indication information may indicate the time-frequency position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data, including: the third indication information includes the data frequency domain offset (Frequency Domain Offset-Data) ) And/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), where the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate that the frequency domain position at which the second paging message and the downlink data are sent is relative to the system message Indicates the offset of the frequency domain position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data, and the data time domain offset is used to indicate when the second paging message and the downlink data are sent The offset of the domain position relative to the time domain position for sending the second paging message and the downlink data indicated by the system message.
  • the third indication information includes the data frequency domain offset (Frequency Domain Offset-Data) ) And/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data), where the data frequency domain offset is used to indicate that the frequency domain position at which the second paging message and the downlink data are sent is relative to the
  • the data frequency domain resource indication indicated by the system message is used to indicate the frequency domain location for sending the second paging message and the downlink data If the third indication information does not include the data time domain offset, use the data time domain resource indication indicated by the system message to indicate the time domain for sending the second paging message and the downlink data position.
  • the system message includes fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain resource assignment-Data for sending the downlink data of the first terminal device and/or the time domain resource assignment-Data for sending the downlink data.
  • Data the third indication information includes data frequency domain offset (Frequency domain Offset-Data) and/or data time domain offset (Time domain Offset-Data).
  • the fourth indication information it is possible to determine the time-frequency position of the downlink data of the first terminal device that has downlink data in the identifier list for sending the paging message.
  • the fourth indication information and the third indication information It is possible to determine the time-frequency position of sending downlink data of other terminal devices except the first terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information there may be a manner of determining the time-frequency position of the downlink data with reference to the above scenario 1, which will not be repeated here. Because the number of bits that can be carried in the DCI is limited, this method can help to further reduce the information carried by the DCI and reduce the load of the DCI as much as possible.
  • the access network device can send downlink data to the terminal device after sending the paging message, so that the terminal device can receive the downlink data as soon as possible, and through simplified signaling
  • the order or data exchange process can realize the early transmission of downlink data, which can improve resource utilization efficiency and reduce the power consumption of terminal equipment; on the other hand, this embodiment can prevent the paging message from carrying the downlink data or scheduling information of the downlink data, thereby avoiding Reduce paging capacity.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a data transmission device 800, which is used to implement the access network equipment and terminal equipment in the above embodiment
  • the operations performed are for a brief description.
  • the schematic diagram of the above-mentioned access network equipment and the possible devices of the terminal equipment is illustrated by referring to FIG. 8. It can be understood that FIG. 8 is only a schematic diagram, which can be applied to the above-mentioned access network equipment and In the terminal equipment.
  • the first communication device in the data transmission device 800 includes a transceiver 801, a processor 802, and a memory 803, and the second communication device includes a transceiver 804, a processor 805, and a memory 806.
  • the memory 803 may be coupled with the processor 802 and integrated on one chip, or integrated on different chips.
  • the memory 806 may be coupled with the processor 805 and integrated on one chip, or separately integrated on different chips.
  • the processor 802 is used to call a set of programs, and when the programs are executed, the processor 802 is caused to perform operations performed by the access network device in the data transmission method provided in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 6A. .
  • the memory 803 is used to store a program executed by the processor 802.
  • the transceiver 801 may be regarded as a transceiving unit of the access network device, and is used to support the access network device to perform the receiving function and the sending function described in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 6A.
  • the processor 802 may be regarded as a processing unit of an access network device.
  • the device used to realize the receiving function in the transceiver unit can be regarded as the receiving unit
  • the device used by the transceiver unit to realize the transmitting function can be regarded as the transmitting unit
  • the transceiver unit includes the receiving unit and the transmitting unit
  • the receiving unit can also be It is called receiver, input port, receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit can be called transmitter, transmitter or transmitting circuit.
  • the processor 805 is used to call a set of programs, and when the programs are executed, the processor 805 executes the operations performed by the terminal device in the data transmission method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 3A or 6A.
  • the memory 806 is used to store a program executed by the processor 805.
  • the transceiver 804 may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the terminal device, and is used to support the terminal device to perform the receiving function and the sending function described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor 802 may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the device used to realize the receiving function in the transceiver unit can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device used by the transceiver unit to realize the sending function can be regarded as the sending unit. It is called a receiver, input port, receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit can be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission device 900, which can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2A or FIG. 2B to perform the foregoing method embodiment
  • the function of the terminal device in the middle For ease of description, FIG. 9 only shows the main components of the terminal.
  • the terminal device 900 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program, for example, to support the terminal to perform the actions described in the above method embodiments, such as determining The time-frequency position of the downlink data.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the DCI and downlink data described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 9 only shows one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and/or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal. Execute the software program and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor in FIG. 9 can integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 901 of the terminal 900, for example, for supporting the terminal to perform the receiving function and the sending function as described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor with processing function is regarded as the processing unit 902 of the terminal device 900.
  • the terminal 900 includes a transceiving unit 901 and a processing unit 902.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 901 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 901 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 901 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the processor 902 may be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver unit 901 to receive signals and/or send signals, so as to complete the functions of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the function of the transceiving unit 901 may be implemented by a transceiving circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiving.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application, for example, it may be a schematic structural diagram of an access network device (ie, a base station).
  • the access network device can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 2A or FIG. 2B to perform the function of the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the network device 1000 (also called the base station 1000) may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1001 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also called a baseband unit). It is a digital unit, digital unit, DU)1002.
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • BBU baseband units
  • the RRU 1001 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 1011 and a radio frequency unit 1012.
  • the RRU 1001 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending DCI, paging messages, or sending downlink data to the terminal.
  • the 1002 part of the BBU is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 1001 and the BBU 1002 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 1002 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 1002 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 1002 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network with a single access indication (such as an LTE network), and may also support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 12G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 1002 further includes a memory 1021 and a processor 1022, and the memory 1021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 1021 stores the corresponding relationship between the codebook index and the precoding matrix in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor 1022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1021 and the processor 1022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned one or more network devices, and, one or more terminals.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA ready-made programmable gate array
  • Programming logic devices discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the method described in any of the foregoing method embodiments is implemented.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, implements the method described in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (Digital Video Disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (Solid State Disk, SSD)) etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the communication method described in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the foregoing processing device may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, At this time, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is realized by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may be integrated in the processor, may be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
  • one embodiment or “an embodiment” mentioned throughout the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, the appearances of "in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” in various places throughout the specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner. It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • this application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

一种数据传输方法及装置，该方法包括：接入网设备向终端设备发送寻呼消息的DCI，该DCI还包括下行数据的调度信息，另外，接入网设备还向终端设备发送寻呼消息，该寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一下行数据对应该终端设备，因此终端设备根据寻呼消息确定有下行数据到达时，根据DCI中的下行数据的调度信息确定下行数据的时频位置，然后终端设备在该时频位置上接收下行数据。采用本申请提供的方法及装置，用以实现传输小数据量的下行数据，提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗。

Description

一种数据传输方法及装置 技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及装置。
背景技术
现有技术中，当网络侧没有需要传输的下行数据时，基站与终端之间不会建立无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接，此时终端处于空闲状态(即RRC idle态)或非激活状态(即RRC inactive态)。当网络侧有需要传输的下行数据时，基站向终端发起寻呼，与终端建立RRC连接，终端从空闲态或非激活态进入到连接态(即RRC connected态)。基站向终端发起寻呼并建立RRC连接的过程需要多条信令的交互才能完成。终端监听到寻呼消息且确定寻呼消息中携带自己的标识时，触发RRC连接建立流程，通过随机接入过程建立与基站之间的RRC连接。在随机接入过程完毕之后，基站还需要设置终端的上下文以及配置终端的承载，才能发送下行数据。可见，为了传输下行数据，需要经过RRC连接建立的过程，存在一定的信令开销。
对类似于机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)和窄带物联网(narrow band internet of thing，NB-IoT)等一些通信场景，其数据传输的特点是：数据量较小，且数据到达时间不确定。若按照现有下行数据传输方法来传输数据量较小的数据包，无线资源的利用效率较低，因为大量的无线资源用于RRC连接建立的流程，只有少量的无线资源用于数据传输。同时，现有RRC连接建立流程步骤较多，需要终端与基站交互多条信令，延迟下行数据的传输，增加了下行数据传输的时延。
发明内容
本申请提供一种数据传输方法及装置，用以实现快速传输小数据量的下行数据，提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法，该方法可适用于第一终端设备，该方法包括：第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的下行控制信息(download control information,DCI)，该DCI用于调度寻呼消息，其中DCI还用于调度下行数据，之后第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的寻呼消息，该寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，其中，第一指示信息用于指示有第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备。因寻呼消息用于寻呼所述第一终端设备，还指示第一终端设备对应有第一下行数据，所以第一终端设备根据DCI和寻呼消息中的第一指示信息，接收来自接入网设备的第一下行数据。
在应用场景不同时，若寻呼消息的第一指示信息用于指示不存在下行数据对应第一终端设备，则第一终端设备不再接受下行数据。
该方法可由第一通信装置执行，第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为终端设备，或者为设置在终端设备中的用于实现终端设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中，以第一通信装置是终端设备为例。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备与接入网设备之间并不需要复杂的无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)连接过程，接入网设备可以在发送寻呼消息之后便向终端设备发送下行数据，从而使得终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗；另一方面，本实施例可以避免寻呼消息携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而避免降低寻呼容量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N或者有下行数据的终端的标识的数量N，第一终端设备在接收到所述寻呼消息后，根据该数量N和寻呼消息的终端列表确定第一终端设备有对应的第一下行数据，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。其中，所述第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应，所述至少一个指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端设备是否有对应的下行数据。可选的，所述至少一个指示信息可以为至少一个字段，每个字段用于指示对应的终端设备是否有下行数据到达。具体的，第一指示信息可以包括终端设备标识集合，所述终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识；所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。或者，第一指示信息中包括终端设备的标识和/或指示信息，指示信息用于指示各个终端设备是否有对应的下行数据，也可以是终端设备的标识和该指示信息共同指示的，也可以是终端设备的标识自己隐含指示的。示例性地，第一指示信息可以仅包括第一终端设备的标识和指示信息为Ture。再比如，第一指示信息可以包括至少两个终端设备的标识，以及每个终端设备对应的指示信息(例如Ture或False)。
在另一种可能的实现是，寻呼消息中的pagingracordlist(被寻呼的UE的标识列表)可以整体对应一个指示信息，该指示信息用于指示这个pagingracordlist里面所有的终端设备都有下行数据到达。示例性地，寻呼消息中的pagingracordlist可以仅包括第一终端设备的标识，或至少两个终端设备的标识，该pagingracordlist对应的指示信息为Ture。
本申请实施例中，接入网设备通过寻呼消息中的第一指示信息对有下行数据的第一终端设备加以区分，就可以使得第一终端设备在接收到该寻呼消息之后，能够明确是否存在对应的下行数据，从而能够进行正确接收下行数据。另外，第一指示信息占用的比特数相对较少，有助于节省信令开销。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一指示信息可以包括指示有下行数据的终端设备标识集合，终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识，其中，至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。第一终端设备在接收到所述寻呼消息后，确定包括第一终端设备标识时，确定有第一下行数据对应第一终端设备，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。
本申请实施例中，接入网设备通过寻呼消息中的第一指示信息对有下行数据的终端设备加以区分，就可以使得第一终端设备在接收到该寻呼消息之后，能够明确是否存在对应的下行数据，以及下行数据所对应的下行数据传输块，从而能够进行正确接收下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示有第一下行数据发送至第一终端设备。所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备后续会发送第一下行数据，所述第一下行数据是发送给第一终端设备的，进而终端设备可以得知需要接收第一下行数据。具体地，第二指示信息可以通过一个比特来指示有下行数据 发送给第一终端设备。这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达。
本申请实施例中，接入网设备通过DCI传输第二指示信息，以便于指示有发送给终端设备的下行数据，终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗；另一方面，本实施例可以避免寻呼消息携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而避免降低寻呼容量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量，这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达，以及根据DCI中的第三指示信息确定下行数据对应的时频位置，从而在该时频位置上接收该下行数据。
本申请实施例中，接入网设备通过DCI传输第二指示信息，以便于指示有下行数据到达和下行数据的时频位置，终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗；另一方面，本实施例可以避免寻呼消息携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而避免降低寻呼容量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括上述第二指示信息和第三指示信息，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，根据第二指示信息确定可能下行数据到达，若寻呼消息中指示有第一终端设备的第一下行数据，则根据第三指示信息确定第一下行数据的时频位置，并在该时频位置上接收第一下行数据。
本申请实施例中，接入网设备通过DCI传输第二指示信息，以便于指示有下行数据到达和下行数据的时频位置，终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗；另一方面，本实施例可以避免寻呼消息携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而避免降低寻呼容量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一终端设备还可以接收来自接入网设备的系统消息，该系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据占用的时频位置。
例如，第一终端设备在接收寻呼消息之前，接收该系统消息。或者第一终端设备在接收DCI之前接收该系统消息。
本申请实施例中，因为DCI中可携带的比特数有限，该方法可以利用系统消息指示时频位置，有助于减少DCI所携带的信息，尽可能减小DCI的负载。
在一种可能的实施方式中，接入网设备还可以通过系统消息向第一终端设备发送第四指示信息，第四指示信息用于指示上述数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量。
本申请实施例中，接入网设备利用系统消息携带第四指示信息，以便于指示有下行数据到达和下行数据的时频位置，终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗；另一方面，本实施例可以避免寻呼消息携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而避免降低寻呼容量。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法，该方法可适用于第一终端设备，该方法包括：
第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的DCI，该DCI用于调度第一寻呼消息，DCI还用于调度所述第一终端设备的第一下行数据和第二寻呼消息。其中第一寻呼消息用于寻呼终端设备，DCI还包括第一下行数据的调度信息，之后接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息不包括第一终端设备的标识，该第二寻呼消息包括第一终端设备的标识，该第一终端设备的标识用于指示第一下行数据对应第一终端设备。因第二寻呼消息用于寻呼所述第一终端设备，还指示第一终端设备对应有第一下行数据，所以第一终端设备根据DCI和第二寻呼消息，接收来自接入网设备的第一下行数据。
该方法可由第一通信装置执行，第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为终端设备，或者为设置在终端设备中的用于实现终端设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中，以第一通信装置是终端设备为例。
在本申请实施例中，第一寻呼消息是用于寻呼终端设备，使得终端设备发起随机接入过程，以便与接入网设备建立RRC连接，进而进行数据传输。而，第二寻呼消息是用于寻呼第一终端设备，使得第一终端设备在接收到第二寻呼消息后直接接收下行数据，如果下行数据接收失败，第一终端设备可以发起随机接入过程。该方法中，第一终端设备与接入网设备之间并不需要复杂的RRC连接过程，第一终端设备在接收到DCI和寻呼消息之后，便可以根据DCI和寻呼消息接收下行数据，从而第一终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗；另一方面，本实施例可以避免寻呼消息携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而避免降低寻呼容量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第二寻呼消息中可以包括至少一个终端设备的标识，所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。具体的，第二寻呼消息可以包括有下行数据的终端设备标识集合，终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识，其中，至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。第一终端设备在接收到所述第二寻呼消息后，确定包括第一终端设备标识时，确定有第一下行数据对应第一终端设备，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示有第一下行数据发送至第一终端设备。所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备后续会发送第一下行数据，所述第一下行数据是发送给第一终端设备的，进而终端设备可以得知需要接收第一下行数据。具体地，第二指示信息可以通过一个比特来指示有下行数据发送至第一终端设备。这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移 量。这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达，以及根据DCI中的第三指示信息确定下行数据对应的时频位置，从而在该时频位置上接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括上述第二指示信息和第三指示信息，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，根据第二指示信息确定可能下行数据到达，若第二寻呼消息中指示有第一终端设备的第一下行数据，则根据第三指示信息确定第一下行数据的时频位置，并在该时频位置上接收第一下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一终端设备还可以接收来自接入网设备的系统消息，该系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据占用的时频位置。
例如，第一终端设备在接收第二寻呼消息之前，接收该系统消息。或者第一终端设备在接收DCI之前接收该系统消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，接入网设备还可以通过系统消息向第一终端设备发送第四指示信息，第四指示信息用于指示上述数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量。
关于第二方面或各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法，该方法可适用于接入网设备，该方法包括：
接入网设备向第一终端设备发送调度寻呼消息的DCI，该DCI包括下行数据的调度信息，之后，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送该寻呼消息，该寻呼消息中包括第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一下行数据对应于第一终端设备，然后接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一下行数据。
该方法可由第二通信装置执行，第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第二通信装置为接入网设备，或者为设置在接入网设备中的用于实现接入网设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现接入网设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中，以第二通信装置是接入网设备为例。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在一种可能的实施方式中，第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N或者有下行数据的终端的标识的数量N，第一终端设备在接收到所述寻呼消息后，根据该数量N和寻呼消息的终端列表确定第一终端设备有对应的第一下行数据，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应，所述至少一个指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端设备是否有对应的下行数据。可选的，所述至少一个指示信息可以为至少一个字段，每个字段用于指示对应的终端设备是否有下行数据到达。备选的，第一指示信息还可以仅包括终端设备标识集合，所述终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识；所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。第一终端设备在接收到所述寻呼消息后，根据第一指示信息确定第一终端设备有第一下行数据，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示有第一下行数据发送至第一终端设备。所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备后续会发送第一下行数据，所述第一下行数据是发送给第一终端设备的，进而终端设备可以 得知需要接收第一下行数据。具体地，第二指示信息可以通过一个比特来指示有下行数据发送至第一终端设备。这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达，以及根据DCI中的第三指示信息确定下行数据对应的时频位置，从而在该时频位置上接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括上述第二指示信息和第三指示信息，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，根据第二指示信息确定可能下行数据到达，若寻呼消息中指示有第一终端设备的第一下行数据，则根据第三指示信息确定第一下行数据的时频位置，并在该时频位置上接收第一下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一终端设备还可以接收来自接入网设备的系统消息，该系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据占用的时频位置。
例如，第一终端设备在接收寻呼消息之前，接收该系统消息。或者第一终端设备在接收DCI之前接收该系统消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，接入网设备还可以通过系统消息向第一终端设备发送第四指示信息，第四指示信息用于指示上述数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量。
关于第三方面或各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法，该方法可适用于接入网设备，该方法包括：
接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一调度寻呼消息的DCI，该DCI用于调度第一寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度所述第一终端设备的第一下行数据和第二寻呼消息，之后，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送该第二寻呼消息，该第二寻呼消息中包括第一终端设备的标识，第一终端设备的标识用于指示第一下行数据对应于第一终端设备，然后接入网设备向第一终端设备发送第一下行数据。
该方法可由第二通信装置执行，第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片。示例性地，所述第二通信装置为接入网设备，或者为设置在接入网设备中的用于实现接入网设备的功能的芯片，或者为用于实现接入网设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中，以第二通信装置是接入网设备为例。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在一种可能的实施方式中，在一种可能的实施方式中，第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N或者有下行数据的终端的标识的数量N，第一终端设备在接收到所述寻呼消息后，根据该数量N和寻呼消息的终端列表确定第一终端设备有对应的第一下行数据，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第二寻呼消息可以包括至少一个终端设备的标识，所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。具体的，第二寻呼消息可以包括终端设备标识集合，终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识，其中，至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。第一终端设备在接收到所述寻呼 消息后，确定包括第一终端设备标识时，确定有第一下行数据对应第一终端设备，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示有第一下行数据发送至第一终端设备。所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备后续会发送第一下行数据，所述第一下行数据是发送给第一终端设备的，进而终端设备可以得知需要接收第一下行数据。具体地，第二指示信息可以通过一个比特来指示有下行数据发送至第一终端设备。这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达，以及根据DCI中的第三指示信息确定下行数据对应的时频位置，从而在该时频位置上接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括上述第二指示信息和第三指示信息，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，根据第二指示信息确定可能下行数据到达，若寻呼消息中指示有第一终端设备的第一下行数据，则根据第三指示信息确定第一下行数据的时频位置，并在该时频位置上接收第一下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一终端设备还可以接收来自接入网设备的系统消息，该系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据占用的时频位置。
例如，第一终端设备在接收寻呼消息之前，接收该系统消息。或者第一终端设备在接收DCI之前接收该系统消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，接入网设备还可以通过系统消息向第一终端设备发送第四指示信息，第四指示信息用于指示上述数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量。
关于第四方面或各种可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第三方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该装置可以是终端设备，也可以是终端设备中的装置，或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中，该装置可以包括执行第一方面或第二方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块，该模块可以是硬件电路，也可是软件，也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。示例性地，该装置可以包括收发模块和处理模块，且收发模块和处理模块可以执行上述第一方面任一种设计示例中的相应功能，或第二方面任一种设计示例中的相应功能，关于收发模块和处理模块的功能可参考第一方面和第二方面的记载，在此不再一一说明。
第六方面，提供一种通信装置，该装置可以是接入网设备，也可以是接入网设备中的装置，或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中，该装置可以包括执行第三方面或第四方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块，该模块可以是硬件电路，也可是软件，也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。示例性地，该装置可以包括收发模块，且 收发模块用于执行上述第三方面任一种设计示例中的相应功能或第四方面任一种设计示例中的相应功能。关于处理模块以及收发模块的具体功能，可参见上述第三方面和第四方面的记载，在此不再说明。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种装置，所述装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法，或者用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储指令和/或数据。所述存储器可以与所述处理器耦合并集成在一个芯片上，或者分别集成在不同的芯片上，所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令时，可以实现上述第一方面描述的方法，或者可以实现上述第二方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括通信接口，所述通信接口用于该装置与其它设备进行通信，示例性的，通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块、管脚或其它类型的通信接口，其它设备可以为网络设备等。
在一种可能的设备中，该装置包括：
存储器，用于存储程序指令；
通信接口，用于与其他装置通信。
处理器，用于通过所述通信接口接收来自接入网设备的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于调度寻呼消息，所述DCI还包括下行数据的调度信息；通过所述通信接口接收来自所述接入网设备的所述寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备；通过所述通信接口接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N或者有下行数据的终端的标识的数量N，第一终端设备在接收到所述寻呼消息后，根据该数量N和寻呼消息的终端列表确定第一终端设备有对应的第一下行数据，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应，所述至少一个指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端设备是否有对应的下行数据。可选的，所述至少一个指示信息可以为至少一个字段，每个字段用于指示对应的终端设备是否有下行数据到达。备选的，第一指示信息还可以仅包括终端设备标识集合，所述终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识；所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。第一终端设备在接收到所述寻呼消息后，确定包括第一终端设备标识时，确定有第一下行数据对应第一终端设备，因此第一终端设备接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示有第一下行数据发送至第一终端设备。所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备后续会发送第一下行数据，所述第一下行数据是发送给第一终端设备的，进而终端设备可以得知需要接收第一下行数据。具体地，第二指示信息可以通过一个比特来指示有下行数据发送至第一终端设备。这样，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。这样，第一终端 设备在接收到DCI后，就可以确定可能有下行数据到达，以及根据DCI中的第三指示信息确定下行数据对应的时频位置，从而在该时频位置上接收该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，DCI中的调度信息可以包括上述第二指示信息和第三指示信息，第一终端设备在接收到DCI后，根据第二指示信息确定可能下行数据到达，若寻呼消息中指示有第一终端设备的第一下行数据，则根据第三指示信息确定第一下行数据的时频位置，并在该时频位置上接收第一下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一终端设备还可以接收来自接入网设备的系统消息，该系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据占用的时频位置。
例如，第一终端设备在接收寻呼消息之前，接收该系统消息。或者第一终端设备在接收DCI之前接收该系统消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，接入网设备还可以通过系统消息向第一终端设备发送第四指示信息，第四指示信息用于指示上述数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量。
所述处理器和通信接口的功能和有益效果，可以参考第一方面的记载或参考第一方面的记载，这里不再赘述。
在另一种可能的设备中，该装置包括：
存储器，用于存储程序指令；
通信接口，用于与其他装置通信。
处理器，用于接收来自接入网设备的下行控制信息DCI，DCI用于调度第一寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度所述第一终端设备的第一下行数据和第二寻呼消息；之后接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第二寻呼消息，所述第二寻呼消息包括第一终端设备的标识，该第一终端设备的标识用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备；然后接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一下行数据。
所述处理器和通信接口的功能和有益效果，可以参考第二方面的记载或参考第二方面的记载，这里不再赘述。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种装置，所述装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第三方面描述的方法，或者用于实现上述第四方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储指令和/或数据。所述存储器可以与所述处理器耦合并集成在一个芯片上，或者分别集成在不同的芯片上，所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令时，可以实现上述第三方面描述的方法，或者可以实现上述第四方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括通信接口，所述通信接口用于该装置与其它设备进行通信，示例性的，通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块、管脚或其它类型的通信接口，其它设备可以为网络设备等。
在一种可能的设备中，该装置包括：
存储器，用于存储程序指令；
通信接口，用于与其他装置通信。
处理器，用于通过所述通信接口向第一终端设备发送用于调度寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI包括下行数据的调度信息；之后通过所述通信接口向所述第一终端设备发送所述寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备；最终通过所述通信接口向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一下行数据。
所述处理器和通信接口的功能和有益效果，可以参考第三方面的记载或参考第三方面 的记载，这里不再赘述。
在另一种可能的设备中，该装置包括：
存储器，用于存储程序指令；
通信接口，用于与其他装置通信。
处理器，用于向第一终端设备发送用于调度第一寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI，DCI用于调度第一寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度所述第一终端设备的第一下行数据和第二寻呼消息；之后向所述第一终端设备发送第二寻呼消息，所述第二寻呼消息包括第一终端设备的标识，该第一终端设备的标识用于指示所述第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备；向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一下行数据。
所述处理器和通信接口的功能和有益效果，可以参考第四方面的记载或参考第四方面的记载，这里不再赘述。
第九方面，本申请实施例提供一种第一通信装置，所述第一通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第一通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为第一终端设备，或者为设置在第一终端设备设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地，所述通信设备为第一终端设备。下面以第一通信装置是第一终端设备为例。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第一通信装置为第一终端设备，收发器例如通过第一终端设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第一通信装置为设置在第一终端设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与第一终端设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第五方面的介绍过程中，继续以所述第一通信装置是第一终端设备，以及，以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中，
所述收发模块，用于接收来自接入网设备的下行控制信息DCI，DCI用于调度寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度下行数据。
所述收发模块，还用于接收来自所述接入网设备的所述寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示有第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备。
处理模块，用于根据DCI和寻呼消息，确定是否有下行数据，以及下行数据的接收位置。
所述收发模块，还用于接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一下行数据。
在一种可选的实施方式中，DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于接收来自所述接入网设备的系统信息，所述系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据的时频位置。
在一种可选的实施方式中，系统信息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息包括数据 频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可选的实施方式中，第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N。
在一种可选的实施方式中，第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应，所述至少一个指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端设备是否有对应的下行数据。可选的，所述至少一个指示信息可以为至少一个字段，每个字段用于指示对应的终端设备是否有下行数据到达。备选的，第一指示信息还可以仅包括终端设备标识集合，所述终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识，所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。
关于第九方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第十方面，提供一种第一通信装置，所述第一通信装置用于执行上述第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第一通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述第一通信装置为第一终端设备，或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。下面以第一通信装置是网络设备为例。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第一通信装置为第一终端设备，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第六方面的介绍过程中，继续以所述第一通信装置是第一终端设备，以及，以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中，
所述接收模块，用于接收来自接入网设备的DCI，该DCI用于调度第一寻呼消息，DCI还用于调度所述第一终端设备的第一下行数据和第二寻呼消息。
所述接收模块，还用于之后接收来自接入网设备的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息不包括第一终端设备的标识，该第二寻呼消息包括第一终端设备的标识，该第一终端设备的标识用于指示第一下行数据对应第一终端设备。
处理模块，用于根据第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息，确定确定是否有下行数据，以及下行数据的接收位置。
所述接收模块，还用于接收来自接入网设备的第一下行数据。
在一种可选的实施方式中，调度信息包括第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示有所述第一下行数据发送至所述第一终端设备。所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备后续会发送第一下行数据，所述第一下行数据是发送给第一终端设备的，进而终端设备可以得知需要接收第一下行数据。
在一种可选的实施方式中，DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域 位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述接收模块，还用于接收来自所述接入网设备的系统信息，所述系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据或所述第二寻呼消息的时频位置。
在一种可选的实施方式中，系统信息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可选的实施方式中，第二寻呼消息包括至少一个终端设备的标识，所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。具体的，第二寻呼消息可以包括终端设备标识集合，所述终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识；所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。
关于第十方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第二方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第十一方面，提供一种第二通信装置。所述第二通信装置用于执行上述第三方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第二通信装置可以包括用于执行第三方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述通信设备为接入网设备。下面以第二通信装置是接入网设备为例。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第二通信装置为接入网设备，收发器例如通过接入网设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第二通信装置为设置在接入网设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与接入网设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第六方面的介绍过程中，继续以所述第二通信装置是接入网设备，以及，以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中，
处理模块，用于确定调度寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI。
所述收发模块，用于向第一终端设备发送用于调度寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI还用于调度下行数据。
所述收发模块，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送所述寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备。
所述收发模块，向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一下行数据。
在一种可选的实施方式中，DCI包括第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示有所述第一下行数据发送至所述第一终端设备。所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备后续会发送第一下 行数据，所述第一下行数据是发送给第一终端设备的，进而终端设备可以得知需要接收第一下行数据。
在一种可选的实施方式中，DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可选的实施方式中，在收发模块向所述第一终端设备发送第一下行数据之前，收发模块，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送系统信息，所述系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据占用的时频位置。
在一种可选的实施方式中，系统信息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可选的实施方式中，第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N。
在一种可选的实施方式中，第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应，所述至少一个指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端设备是否有对应的下行数据。可选的，所述至少一个指示信息可以为至少一个字段，每个字段用于指示对应的终端设备是否有下行数据到达。备选的，第一指示信息还可以仅包括终端设备标识集合，所述终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识；所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。
关于第十一方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第三方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第十二方面，提供一种第二通信装置。所述第二通信装置用于执行上述第四方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地，所述第二通信装置可以包括用于执行第四方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块，发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地，所述通信设备为接入网设备。下面以第二通信装置是接入网设备为例。例如，所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现，所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者，发送模块可以通过发送器实现，接收模块可以通过接收器实现，发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块，或者也可以是同一个功能模块，但能够实现不同的功能。如果第二通信装置为接入网设备，收发器例如通过接入网设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者，如果第二通信装置为设置在接入网设备中的芯片，那么收发器(或，发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与接入网设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第六方面的介绍过程中，继续以所述第二通信装置是接入网设备，以及，以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中，
所述处理模块，用于确定调度第一寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI。
所述收发模块，用于向第一终端设备发送用于调度第一寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI包括下行数据的调度信息。
所述收发模块，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第二寻呼消息，所述第二寻呼消息包 括所述终端设备的标识，所述终端设备的标识用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述终端设备，以及向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一下行数据。
在一种可选的实施方式中，调度信息包括第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示有所述第一下行数据发送至所述第一终端设备。所述第二指示信息用于指示网络设备后续会发送第一下行数据，所述第一下行数据是发送给第一终端设备的，进而终端设备可以得知需要接收第一下行数据。
在一种可选的实施方式中，DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于向所述第一终端设备发送系统信息，所述系统信息用于指示所述下行数据占用的时频位置。
在一种可选的实施方式中，系统信息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可选的实施方式中，第二寻呼消息包括至少一个终端设备的标识，所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。具体的，第二寻呼消息可以包括终端设备标识集合，所述终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识；所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述第一寻呼消息用于寻呼所述终端设备。
关于第十二方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第四方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
第十三方面，本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器和接口，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第一方面、第一方面任一种可能设计、第二方面或第二方面任一种可能设计的方法、第三方面或第三方面任一种可能设计的方法、第四方面或第四方面任一种可能设计的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
第十四方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面、第一方面任一种可能设计、第二方面或第二方面任一种可能设计的方法、第三方面或第三方面任一种可能设计的方法、第四方面或第四方面任一种可能设计的方法。
第十五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种系统，所述系统包括第五方面或者第六方面所述的装置、和第七方面或者第八方面所述的装置。或者所述系统包括第九方面或者第十方面所述的装置、和第十一方面或者第十二方面所述的装置。
第十六方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面、第二方面、第一方面中任一种可能的设计或第二方面中 任一种可能的设计中的方法的指令。
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第三方面、第四方面、第三方面中任一种可能的设计或第四方面中任一种可能的设计中的方法的指令。
附图说明
图1为现有技术中的数据早传技术的一种示例的流程图；
图2A为本申请实施例适用的一种具体通信系统架构示意图；
图2B为本申请实施例适用的另一种具体通信系统架构示意图；
图3A至图3E为本申请实施例提供第一种数据传输方法的交互流程图；
图4A至图4C为本申请实施例提供一种偏移量示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供第一种数据传输方法具体场景的交互流程图；
图6A和图6B为本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法的流程图；
图7A和图7B为本申请实施例提供另一种偏移量示意图；
图8为本申请实施例中数据传输装置结构示意图之一；
图9为本申请实施例中数据传输装置结构示意图之二；
图10为本申请实施例中数据传输装置结构示意图之三。
具体实施方式
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。
以下，对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。
1)终端设备(terminal equipment)，又称之为终端、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)等，是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。
该终端可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与核心网进行通信，与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)、无线终端、移动终端、订户单元(subscriber unit)、用户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。
例如，可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)，具有移动终端的计算机，便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，智能穿戴式设备等。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、等设备。
或者，终端设备还可以包括受限设备，例如功耗较低的设备，或存储能力有限的设备，或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)、 传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，智能穿戴式设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。智能穿戴式设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。
智能穿戴式设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义智能穿戴式设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。
或者，该终端还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(driverless)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。
2)(无线)接入网((radio)access network，(R)AN)设备，例如包括基站(例如，接入点)，可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端通信的设备。(无线)接入网设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换，作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。(无线)接入网设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。
例如，(无线)接入网设备可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)，或无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)接入点(access point，AP)等。
(无线)接入网设备也可以包括长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)或者第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation mobile communication technology，4G)系统中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)。
或者，(无线)接入网设备也可以包括5G系统或新无线(new radio，NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B，gNB)、收发点(transmission and reception point，TRP)，或传输点(transmission point，TP)。
或者，(无线)接入网设备可以也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network，CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和/或分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，本申请实施例并不限定。在本申请实施例中，技术术语“(无线)接入网设备”和“接入网设备”可以互换使用。
3)核心网(core network，CN)设备，与多个接入网连接，包括电路交换(Circuit Switched，CS)域和/或数据交换(Packet Switched，PS)域，CS网元有移动交换中心，访问位置寄存器和网关移动交换中心，PS网元有通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)节点和网关GPRS支持节点。一些网元如归属位置寄存器，访问位置寄存器，鉴权中心可以CS域和PS域共享。
4)本申请实施例中“多个”是指两个或两个以上，鉴于此，本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”，可理解为一个或多个，例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。
例如，包括至少一个，是指包括一个、两个或更多个，而且不限制包括的是哪几个，例如，包括A、B和C中的至少一个，那么包括的可以是A、B、C、A和B、A和C、B和C、或A和B和C。
“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。
另外，字符“/”，如无特殊说明，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。
除非有相反的说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念，下面介绍本申请实施例的技术特征。
MTC或NB-IoT是下一代通信系统，例如，5G系统的组成部分，其市场需求增长迅猛。相较于传统蜂窝网络，MTC或NB-IoT中连接的终端设备的数量更多，例如，对大规模部署的智能水/电表，智能家居，汽车，可穿戴设备等物联网终端设备，一个NB-IoT基站下可能存在大量上述类型的终端设备(例如，超过数万个)。且，终端设备的业务量较大，且业务产生的数据包更小。
在传统蜂窝网络中，终端设备与接入网设备通信时，需要建立无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，而建立RRC连接的过程，需要终端设备与网络设备交互多条信令才能完成，因此，为了减少MTC或NB-IoT中的信令开销和功耗，提出了基于寻呼消息的下行数据传输方法，这样，终端设备不需要与接入网设备建立RRC连接即可进行小数据包的传输。
请参考图1，为现有技术中的基于寻呼消息的下行数据传输方法的一种示例的流程图。
步骤101、服务网关(serving gateway，SGW)向移动性管理实体(mobility management entity，MME)发送下行数据通知(downlink data notification)消息。
步骤102、MME根据下行数据通知消息向eNB发送S1-寻呼消息。
其中，MME通过S1接口向eNB发送寻呼(paging)消息，该寻呼消息中包括要寻呼的UE的临时移动用户标识(system architecture evolution–temporary mobile subscriber identity，S-TMSI)。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在上述步骤101和步骤102的基础上，还可以包括：S-GW向eNB发送下行数据。
在另一种可能的实施方式中，在上述步骤101和步骤102的基础上，还可以包括：S-GW向MME发送下行数据，MME再向eNB发送所述下行数据。
步骤103、eNB向UE发送下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中(记作方法一)，上述步骤103具体为：eNB向UE发送Uu-寻呼消息，该Uu-寻呼消息携带所述下行数据。UE通过接收Uu-寻呼消息来接收下行数据。
在另一种可能的实施方式中(记作方法二)，上述步骤103具体为：eNB向UE发送Uu-寻呼消息，该Uu-寻呼消息携带下行数据的调度信息，该调度信息用于调度所述下行数据。UE通过接收Uu-寻呼消息来接收下行数据的调度信息，然后根据所述调度信息接收所 述下行数据。
其它可能的实施方式中(记作方法三)，上述步骤103具体为：eNB向UE发送Uu-寻呼消息，该Uu-寻呼消息携带小区无线网络临时标识(cell-radio network temporary identifier，C-RNTI)，该C-RNTI用于发送所述下行数据的调度信息，该调度信息用于调度所述下行数据。UE通过接收Uu-寻呼消息来接收所述C-RNTI，通过所述C-RNTI接收所述下行数据的调度信息，根据所述调度信息接收所述下行数据。
可见，上述流程中是eNB向UE发送的寻呼消息中可能携带下行数据，或者携带下行数据的调度信息，或者携带C-RNTI，由于寻呼消息的大小受限，且下行数据、调度信息和C-RNTI占用较多的比特，从而使得寻呼消息携带UE标识的比特数减少，影响寻呼消息的寻呼容量。
鉴于此，本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法，该方法一方面通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端的功耗；另一方面寻呼消息不携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，可以避免增加寻呼消息的负载，避免降低寻呼容量。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例提供的通信方法中，所提及的“时域位置”、“时频位置”、“频域位置”可以分别为“时频资源的时域位置”、“时频资源的时频位置”、“时频资源的频域位置”。可以理解的是，本申请实施例并不限定时频位置的具体指示方法，例如“下行数据的时域位置”可以指代“下行数据的时频资源的时域位置”，终端设备在确定下行数据的时域位置后，可以得知所述下行数据的传输资源所在的时域位置，进而可以在所述时域位置接收所述下行数据，例如所述下行数据是通过物理下行信道承载的，那么终端设备可以确定所述物理下行信道的时域位置，接收所述物理下行信道，并得到所述下行数据。
其中，方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的，由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似，因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。本申请实施例的描述中，“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。本申请中所涉及的至少一个是指一个或多个；多个，是指两个或两个以上。另外，需要理解的是，本申请实施例中，核心网设备和接入网设备均可以称为网络设备。在本申请的描述中，为方便说明，本申请实施例可以用“第一”、“第二”等词汇来区分描述，可以理解的是，该类词汇不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性，也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统，全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统，第五代(5th Generation，5G)通信系统，如新一代无线接入技术(new radio access technology，NR)及未来的通信系统，如6G系统等。具体的，例如，可以应用于MTC的通信场景，也可以应用于NB-IoT的通信场景，也可以应用于任意下行小数据包的传输场景。
下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例进行详细描述。
图2A示出了本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法适用的一种可能的通信系统的架构示意图。如图2A所示的通信系统架构包括无线接入网和核心网两部分，其中，无线接入网 为演进的通用陆地无线接入网(evolved universal terrestrial radio access network，E-UTRAN)，用于实现无线接入有关的功能。核心网包括MME、SGW、分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway，PGW)等。其中，MME主要负责控制面的移动性管理和会话管理。SGW是用户面功能实体，完成分组数据的路由和转发。PGW是连接外部数据网的网关。在实际的网络部署中，S-GW和P-GW也可以是合一部署的，可以统称为网关。UE可以通过建立从UE到E-UTRAN到SGW到PGW到分组数据网络(packet data network，PDN)的连接来访问外部PDN。
图2B为本申请实施例适用的另一种可能的通信系统的架构示意图。如图2B所示统的通信系统架构同样分为无线接入网和核心网两部分。无线接入网为下一代无线接入网(next generation radio access networks，NG-RAN)，用于实现无线接入有关的功能。核心网包括：接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)网元等。其中，AMF网元主要负责移动性管理。AMF网元也可称为AMF设备或AMF实体。SMF网元主要负责会话管理。SMF网元也可称为SMF设备或SMF实体。UPF主要负责对用户报文进行处理，例如转发等。UE可以通过建立从UE到NG-RAN到UPF到数据网络(data network，DN)之间的会话来访问DN。
应理解的是，本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构仅为一种示例，可以应用于5G系统、先进的长期演进(advanced long term evolution，LTE-A)系统、全球微波互联接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)，或无线局域网络(wireless local area networks，WLAN)系统等。
此外，所述通信系统架构还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术，本申请实施例描述的通信系统架构是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
需要说明的是，当本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法应用于如图2A所示的通信系统中，则下文中所述的接入网设备可以是图2A所示的通信系统架构中的接入网设备，例如，可以为eNB，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图2A所示的通信系统架构中的终端设备，下文中所述的核心网设备可以是图2A所示的通信系统架构中的核心网设备，例如，可以为MME网元。当该方法应用于图2B所示的通信系统中，则下文中所述的接入网设备可以是图2B所示的通信系统架构中的接入网设备，例如，可以为gNB，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图2B所示的通信系统架构中的终端设备，下文中所述的核心网设备可以是图2B所示的通信系统架构中的核心网设备，例如，可以为AMF网元。
为便于说明，以该方法应用于图2B所示的通信系统架构为例。
以下描述中，交互的设备可以用终端设备、接入网设备、核心网设备等来表示，例如，终端设备可以是UE，接入网设备可以是gNB，核心网设备可以是AMF或UPF。
实施例一
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法，该方法还可以称为：基于寻呼DCI的下行数据传输方法，或者，传输寻呼消息后立即传输下行数据的方法，或者，基于寻呼的下行数据传输方法，或者，基于寻呼的下行数据早传方法。本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
如图3A所示，为本申请实施例提供的第一种数据传输方法流程示意图。参见图3A，该方法包括如下步骤。
步骤301，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)，所述DCI用于调度寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度下行数据。具体的，该DCI可以包括第一调度信息，该第一调度信息用于调度寻呼消息(Paging)，该DCI还用于调度下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，该下行数据可以为承载在物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)上的数据，或者，该下行数据包含以下至少一种：
(1)下行用户数据(downlink user data)；
(2)RRC消息；
(3)响应消息配置信息，所述响应消息配置信息用于指示发送响应消息的时频位置，所述响应消息用于响应所述下行数据或所述寻呼消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，接入网设备可以将该DCI发送给接入网设备所服务的多个终端设备，该多个终端设备包括第一终端设备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述DCI用于解析寻呼消息的无线网络临时标识(paging radio network temporary identifier，P-RNTI)加扰。
当该DCI还用于调度下行数据时，可以存在以下几种可能的实施方式：
在第一种可能的实施方式中，该DCI还可以包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息可以指示下行数据的时频位置。
在第二种可能的实施方式中，该DCI还可以包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息可以用于指示以下至少一个：
(1)有通过所述DCI调度的下行数据发送给终端设备；
(2)该DCI用于调度下行数据；
(3)在接收到寻呼消息后接收下行数据；
(4)根据该DCI接收下行数据；
(5)使用基于寻呼的下行数据早传方法接收下行数据；
(6)该DCI包含下行数据的调度信息；
(7)该DCI包含所述第三指示信息。
在第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第二指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定有通过所述DCI调度的下行数据，需要说明的是，所述下行数据是在DCI之后由网络设备发送给终端设备的，第二指示信息仅指示有对应于所述终端设备的下行数据，并不限定所述下行数据是否已经到达，终端设备可以根据下行数据的调度信息来接收下行数据。
结合第二种可能的实施方式的一种具体实施方式中，所述DCI中的一个比特用于表示第二指示信息，当该比特置为1时，用于指示可能有通过所述DCI调度的下行数据；该比特置为0时，用于指示没有通过所述DCI调度的下行数据。
在第三种可能的实施方式中，该DCI可以包括所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定所述第三指示信息。
在第四种可能的实施方式中，所述DCI包含所述第三指示信息，所述第一终端设备还接收系统消息，所述系统消息包含所述第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息可以用于指示：
(1)调度寻呼消息的DCI包含下行数据的调度信息，或者，
(2)当前小区或接入网设备支持基于寻呼DCI的下行数据传输。
在第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第五指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定所述第三指示信息。
在第五种可能的实施方式中，该DCI可以包括所述第二指示信息，所述第一终端设备还接收系统消息，所述系统消息包含所述第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息可以用于指示发送下行数据的时频位置，所述第二指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定所述第六指示信息。
步骤302，所述第一终端设备接收该DCI。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备接收所述P-RNTI加扰的PDCCH，所述PDCCH携带该DCI。
具体来说，所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述DCI确定寻呼消息的调度信息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述第一终端设备支持该数据传输方法，所述第一终端设备可以确定所述DCI是否包括所述第三指示信息，若是，所述第一终端设备可以确定所述DCI包括所述第三指示信息，即确定可能有通过所述DCI调度的下行数据，进一步，所述第一终端设备可以根据所述第三指示信息确定所述下行数据的时频位置。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述第一终端设备支持该数据传输方法，所述第一终端设备确定所述DCI是否包含所述第二指示信息，若包含，所述第一终端设备可以确定所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息，即可以确定可能有通过所述DCI调度的下行数据，所述第一终端设备根据所述第二指示信息确定所述第三指示信息，继而，所述第一终端设备可以根据所述第三指示信息确定所述下行数据的时频位置。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备还接收所述系统消息，若所述第一终端设备支持基于该数据传输方法，所述第一终端设备确定所述系统消息是否包含所述第五指示信息，若包含，则所述第一终端设备根据所述第五指示信息从所述DCI中确定所述第三指示信息，所述第一终端设备根据所述第三指示信息确定所述下行数据的时频位置。
步骤303，所述接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述寻呼消息。
具体地，所述寻呼消息包括所述第一终端设备的标识。示例性地，该终端设备的标识可以是：SAE临时移动用户识别码(SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity，S-TMSI)，或者，用于指示终端设备的上下文的标识，或者，用于非激活态的无线网络临时标识(inactive radio network temporary identifier，I-RNTI)。
在一种可能的实施方式中，该寻呼消息被发送给接入网设备所服务(serve)的多个终端设备。也就是说，该接入网设备服务的多个终端设备均会接收到该寻呼消息。该寻呼消息用于寻呼终端设备。示例性地，基站服务的UE有UE 1、UE 2、…、UE M，该寻呼消息可以被发送给UE 1、UE 2、…、UE M，这样UE 1、UE 2、…、UE M均可以接收到该寻呼消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述寻呼消息仅包括所述第一终端设备的标识，且所述DCI包含所述第三指示信息，则所述标识和所述第三指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定有通过所述DCI调度的下行数据。
本申请中，所述第一终端设备对应的下行数据可以称为第一下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述寻呼消息包括一个或多个终端设备的标识，且所述寻呼消息还包括第一指示信息，所述一个或多个终端设备包含所述第一终端设备，所述第一指示信息可以用于指示：
(1)有对应于所述一个或多个终端设备的一个或多个下行数据通过所述DCI发送；
或者，
(2)有一个或多个下行数据对应于所述一个或多个终端设备；或者，
(3)有所述一个或多个终端设备对应的一个或多个下行数据将要发送；或者，
(4)所述一个或多个终端设备对应接收一个或多个下行数据；或者，
(5)所述一个或多个终端设备对应接收早传的一个或多个下行数据；或者，
(6)使用基于寻呼的下行数据传输。
这样，所述一个或多个终端设备在接收到该寻呼消息后，可以根据所述第一指示信息确定存在自身对应的下行数据。在该实施方式中，所述第一指示信息可以指示所述寻呼消息包含的所有终端设备的标识对应的终端设备都有下行数据。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，“有下行数据”是指有下行数据会通过本申请提供的方法进行传输。
在该实施方式中，所述寻呼消息包含的终端设备的标识可以记作UE-Id i Data，其中i取值为{1,…,N}，N为正整数。所述第一终端设备的标识可以记作UE-Id J Data，其中UE-Id J Data包含于UE-Id i Data，1≤J≤N，即所述终端设备的标识在标识列表中的位置为J，也就是标识列表中的第J个标识是所述第一终端设备的标识。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述寻呼消息包含第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应，所述至少一个指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端设备是否有对应的下行数据。可选的，所述至少一个指示信息可以为至少一个字段，每个字段用于指示对应的终端设备是否有下行数据到达。备选的，第一指示信息还可以仅包括终端设备标识集合，终端设备标识集合包括至少一个终端设备的标识。示例性地，第一指示信息可以仅包括第一终端设备的标识。再比如，第一指示信息可以包括至少两个终端设备的标识。
一种可能的实现是，第一指示信息中包括终端设备的标识和/或至少一个指示信息，至少一个指示信息用于指示至少一个终端设备是否有对应的下行数据，其中，是否有下行数据可以是终端设备的标识和该指示信息共同指示的，也可以是仅通过终端设备的标识指示的。示例性地，第一指示信息可以包括第一终端设备的标识和指示信息，若终端设备的标识(UEID)对应的指示信息为True，则表示有该终端设备的下行数据，若UEID对应的指示信息为False，则表示没有该终端设备的下行数据。再比如，第一指示信息可以包括至少两个终端设备的标识，以及每个终端设备对应的指示信息(例如Ture或False)，再例如，第一指示信息通过发送终端设备的标识来隐含地指示所述标识对应的终端设备需要接收下行数据。
另一种可能的实现是，通过一个指示信息指示寻呼记录列表中的UEID所对应的终端设备有下行数据到达。具体的，寻呼消息中的pagingrecordlist(被寻呼的UE的标识列表)可以整体对应一个指示信息，该指示信息用于指示这个pagingrecordlist里面所有的终端设备都有下行数据到达。示例性地，寻呼消息中的pagingrecordlist可以仅包括第一终端设备的标识，或至少两个终端设备的标识，该pagingrecordlist对应的指示信息为Ture，进而该pagingrecordlist中的所有UEID对应的终端设备都需要接收下行数据。需要说明的是，本实施例不限制下行数据的数量，该pagingrecordlist中的所有UEID对应的多个终端设备可以对应同一个下行数据，也可以对应于不同的下行数据，例如，至少一个下行数据一一对应于至少一个UEID，进而UE可以根据UEID的顺序确定下行数据的顺序。
再比如，第一指示信息为表1中Paging Record List(被寻呼的UE的标识列表)中的指示信息和终端设备标识的集合，其中Paging Record List包括多个被寻呼的终端设备的标识(UE-Id 1、UE-Id 2，…，UE-Id M-1，UE-Id M)，若UE 1对应的指示信息为True，则表示有该UE 1的下行数据，若UE 2对应的指示信息为False，则表示没有该UE 2的下行数据。其中M为正整数。
在该实施方式中，可以将指示信息为True的终端设备标识按照其在标识列表中出现的先后顺序记作UE-Id i Data，其中i取值为{1,…,N}，N为正整数且N≤M。所述第一终端设备的标识可以记作UE-Id J Data，其中UE-Id J Data包含于UE-Id i Data，1≤J≤N，即所述第一终端设备的标识在标识列表中的位置为J，也就是标识列表中的第J个标识是所述第一终端设备的标识。
表1
Figure PCTCN2019130736-appb-000001
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息和终端设备的标识列表(即PagingRecordList)。所述第一指示信息可以用于指示：
(1)通过本申请提供的方法发送的下行数据传输块的数量N，或者，
(2)有下行数据的终端设备的标识的数量N；或者，
(3)下行数据的数量N；或者，
(4)下行数据对应的终端设备的数量N。
示例性地，PagingRecordList列表中有M+N个终端设备标识，若第一指示信息为N，则PagingRecordList中的最后N个终端设备标识(即表2中的UE-Id M+1，UE-Id M+2，…，UE-Id M+N-1，UE-Id M+N)对应的终端UE M+1，UE M+2，……，UE M+N-1，UE M+N有下行数据。将有下行数据的终端设备对应的终端设备的标识按其在标识列表中的顺序记作UE-Id i Data，其中i取值为{1,…,N}，N为正整数。所述第一终端设备的标识可以记作UE-Id J Data，其中UE-Id J Data包含于UE-Id i Data，1≤J≤N，即所述第一终端设备的标识在标识列表中的位置为J，也就是标识列表中的第J个标识是所述第一终端设备的标识。
或者，示例性地，若第一指示信息为N，则PagingRecordList中的最前面N个终端的标识(即表2a中的UE-Id 1，UE-Id 2，…，UE-Id N-1，UE-Id N)对应的终端设备UE 1，UE 2，……，UE N-1，UE N有下行数据。将有下行数据的终端设备对应的终端设备的标识按其在标识列表中的顺序记作UE-Id i Data，其中i取值为{1,…,N}，N为正整数。所述第一终端设备的标识可以记作UE-Id J Data，其中UE-Id J Data包含于UE-Id i Data，1≤J≤N，即所述第一终端设备的标 识在标识列表中的位置为J，也就是标识列表中的第J个标识是所述第一终端设备的标识。
表2
UE Paging Record List(被寻呼的UE的标识列表)
UE 1 UE-Id 1
UE 2 UE-Id 2
…… ……
UE M-1 UE-Id M-1
UE M UE-Id M
UE M+1 UE-Id M+1
UE M+2 UE-Id M+2
…… ……
UE M+N-1 UE-Id M+N-1
UE M+N UE-Id M+N
表2a
UE Paging Record List(被寻呼的UE的标识列表)
UE 1 UE-Id 1
UE 2 UE-Id 2
…… ……
UE N-1 UE-Id N-1
UE N UE-Id N
UE N+1 UE-Id N+1
UE N+2 UE-Id N+2
…… ……
UE N+M-1 UE-Id N+M-1
UE N+M UE-Id N+M
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述寻呼消息包括所述第一指示信息，所述第一终端设备还接收系统消息，所述系统消息包含所述第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息可以用于指示：
(1)调度寻呼消息的DCI包含下行数据的调度信息，或者，
(2)当前小区或接入网设备支持基于寻呼DCI的下行数据传输。
在第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第五指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定时频位置。
在第五种可能的实施方式中，寻呼消息包括所述第一指示信息，所述第一终端设备还接收系统消息，所述系统消息包含所述第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息可以用于指示发送下行数据的时频位置，所述第一指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定所述第六指示信息。
在上述可能的实施方式中，所述接入网设备在发送所述寻呼消息之后，依次在时频位置(记作TF-Location i)发送UE-Id i Data的下行数据。所述第一终端设备的下行数据的时频位置为TF-Location J，即所述接入网设备在第J个发送下行数据的时频位置上发送所述第一终端设备的下行数据。
步骤304，所述第一终端设备从所述接入网设备接收该寻呼消息。
具体地，所述第一终端设备根据所述第一调度信息接收该寻呼消息，所述第一终端设备确定所述寻呼消息包含所述第一终端设备的标识。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述第一终端设备确定该寻呼消息仅包含第一终端设备的标识，且所述终端设备确定所述DCI包含所述第三指示信息，则所述终端设备根据所述第三指示信息确定所述下行数据的时频位置。参见图3B，寻呼消息中包括第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备UE-Id J Data的第一下行数据的时频位置，其中第三指示信息与第一下行数据是有对应关系的。第一终端设备接收第三指示信息后，根据所述第三指示信息确定所述第一下行数据的时频位置。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备确定所述寻呼消息包括所述第一终端设备的标识和指示信息，其中，指示信息用于指示第一终端设备是否有下行数据，且确定所述DCI包含所述第三指示信息。所述第一终端设备根据所述寻呼消息确定所述第一终端设备的标识在寻呼消息中的位置为J。所述第一终端设备根据所述第三指示信息、所述第一指示信息和所述第一终端设备的标识在所述寻呼消息中的位置J确定所述第一终端设备的下行数据的时频位置TF-Location J。参见图3C，寻呼消息中包括第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示有下行数据的UE-Id 1，UE-Id 2，…，UE-Id J对应的终端设备的下行数据的时频位置，其中第三指示信息与下行数据是有对应关系的。终端设备接收第三指示信息后，根据所述第三指示信息确定对应的下行数据的时频位置。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备确定该寻呼消息包含所述第一终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备对应的第一指示信息，且所述DCI包含所述第三指示信息。所述第一终端设备根据所述寻呼消息确定所述第一终端设备的标识在寻呼消息中的位置为J(确定J时只考虑有下行数据的终端设备的标识)。所述第一终端设备根据所述第三指示信息、所述第一指示信息和所述第一终端设备的标识在所述寻呼消息中的位置J确定所述第一终端设备的下行数据的时频位置TF-Location J。参见图3D，寻呼消息中包括第一指示信息和第三指示信息，其中第一指示信息为终端设备的标识(UE-Id 1，UE-Id 2，…，UE-Id i，…，UE-Id M)，以及每个终端设备对应的指示信息(Ture，False，Ture，Ture，Ture)，将指示信息为True对应的终端设备的标识按照其在标识列表中出现的先后顺序记作UE-Id 1 Data，UE-Id 2 Data，…，UE-Id j Data，…，UE-Id N Data。第三指示信息用于指示有下行数据的UE-Id 1 Data，UE-Id 2 Data，…，UE-Id j Data，…，UE-Id N Data对应的终端设备的下行数据的时频位置，其中第三指示信息与下行数据是有对应关系的。终端设备接收第三指示信息后，根据所述第三指示信息确定对应的下行数据的时频位置。
步骤305，所述接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送所述下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，该下行数据承载在RRC信令中。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接入网设备仅向所述第一终端设备发送所述下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接入网设备向一个或多个终端设备发送一个或多个下行数据，所述一个或多个终端设备与所述一个或多个下行数据一一对应。在该实施方式中，所述接入网设备向所述寻呼消息中有下行数据的第i个终端设备标识对应的第i个终端设备发送第i个下行数据，其中i取值为{1,…,N}，N为下行数据的数量，所述N个下行数据与所述寻呼消息中有下行数据的N个终端设备的标识依次一一对应。参见图3E，参见图3D，寻呼消息中包括第一指示信息和第三指示信息，其中第一指示信息为终端设备的标 识(UE-Id 1，UE-Id 2，…，UE-Id s，…，UE-Id M)，以及每个终端设备对应的指示信息(Ture，False，Ture，Ture，Ture)，将指示信息为True对应的终端设备的标识按照其在标识列表中出现的先后顺序记作UE-Id 1 Data，UE-Id 2 Data，…，UE-Id i Data，…，UE-Id N Data。第三指示信息用于指示有下行数据的UE-Id 1 Data，UE-Id 2 Data，…，UE-Id i Data，…，UE-Id N Data对应的终端设备的下行数据的时频位置，其中第三指示信息与下行数据是有对应关系的。终端设备接收第三指示信息后，根据所述第三指示信息确定对应的下行数据的时频位置。
步骤306，所述第一终端设备接收来自所述接入网设备的所述下行数据。
具体地，在一种可能的实施方式中，若接入网设备仅向所述第一终端设备发送所述下行数据，所述第一终端设备根据步骤304的第三指示信息确定的所述下行数据的时频位置，接收来自所述接入网设备的所述下行数据。
具体地，在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接入网设备除了向第一终端设备发送下行数据，还向其它终端设备发送下行数据，第一终端设备根据有下行数据的第一终端设备的标识在标识列表中出现的顺序J，以及第三指示信息，接收来自所述接入网设备的第J个下行数据传输块上的数据。
由上述技术方案可知，接入网设备可以在发送寻呼消息之后便向终端设备发送下行数据，从而使得终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗；另一方面，本实施例可以避免寻呼消息携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而避免降低寻呼容量。
下面对图3A所示实施例中如何指示下行数据的时频位置的各种方式进行进一步说明。
情形1，所述寻呼消息仅包含第一终端设备的标识。
方式1：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和/或数据时域资源指示(Time domain resource assignment-Data)，所述数据频域资源指示用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置，所述数据时域资源指示用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置。
以下表3为例，所述DCI可以为DCI格式1_0(DCI format 1_0)，其包含下表中的信息域，其中寻呼频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment)和寻呼时频资源指示(Time domain resource assignment)用于指示发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置和时域位置，数据频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和数据时频资源指示(Time domain resource assignment-Data)用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置和时频位置。本申请中，X、Y、Z为正整数。
在一种可能的实施方式中，如图4A所示，若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据频域资源指示，则使用所述寻呼频域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的频域位置；若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据时域资源指示，则使用所述寻呼时域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的时域位置。
表3
信息域 比特个数
Short Messages Indicator(短信息指示) 2bits
Short Messages(短信息) 8bits(预留比特)
Frequency domain resource assignment(寻呼频域资源指示) X bits
Time domain resource assignment(寻呼时域资源指示) 4bits
Frequency domain resource assignment-Data(数据频域资源指示) Y bits
Time domain resource assignment-Data(数据时域资源指示) Z bits
VRB-to-PRB mapping(VRB向PRB映射) 1bit
MCS(调制与编码策略) 5bits
TB scaling(TB缩放比例) 2bits
Reserved bits(预留比特) 6bits
在一种可能的实施方式中，上表中的调制与编码策略MCS和/或TB缩放比例(TB scaling)可以用于所述下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述下行数据的MCS信息和/或TB缩放比例信息包含于系统消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备根据所述第一调度信息确定以下至少一项：
(1)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的起始时间T StartPaging；
(2)所述寻呼消息的时频资源占用的时长(duration Paging)；
(3)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的结束时间T EndPaging；
(4)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的起始频域位置F StartPaging；
(5)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的频域宽度(frequency-width Paging)；
(6)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的结束频域位置F EndPaging。
所述起始时间和所述结束时间的单位可以为符号或时隙或子帧。所述时长可以为若干个符号或时隙或子帧。所述起始频域位置和所述结束频域位置可以为子载波或时频资源块。所述频域宽度可以是若干个时频资源块(physical resource block,PRB)。
方式2：所述第三指示信息可以包括数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置(起始频域位置或结束频域位置)的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置(起始时间或结束时间)的偏移量。
以下表4为例，所述DCI可以为DCI格式1_0(DCI format 1_0)，其包含下表中的信息域，其中寻呼频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment)和寻呼时频资源指示(Time domain resource assignment)用于指示发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置和时域位置，数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和数据时频偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)分别用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置和时频位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置和时域位置的偏移量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，如图4B所示，若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据频域偏移量，则使用所述寻呼频域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的频域位置；若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据时域偏移量，则使用所述寻呼时域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的时域位置。
表4
信息域 比特个数
Short Messages Indicator(短信息指示) 2bits
Short Messages(短信息) 8bits(预留比特)
Frequency domain resource assignment(寻呼频域资源指示) X bits
Time domain resource assignment(寻呼时域资源指示) 4bits
Frequency domain Offset-Data(数据频域偏移量) Y bits
Time domain Offset-Data(数据时域偏移量) Z bits
VRB-to-PRB mapping(VRB向PRB映射) 1bit
MCS(调制与编码策略) 5bits
TB scaling(TB扩展) 2bits
Reserved bits(预留比特) 6bits
方式3：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)。
方式4：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据时域资源指示(Time domain resource assignment-Data)和数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)。
方式5：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息指示发送下行数据的时频位置为系统消息指示的发送下行数据的时频位置。
方式6：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于系统消息指示的发送下行数据的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于系统消息指示的发送下行数据的时域位置的偏移量。
若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据频域偏移量，则使用所述系统消息指示的数据频域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的频域位置；若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据时域偏移量，则使用所述系统消息指示的数据时域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的时域位置。
情形2，所述寻呼消息包含一个或多个终端设备的标识。
方式1：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含时频资源指示列表，该时频资源指示列表包含N个UE的下行数据的数据频域资源指示和数据时域资源指示。例如，时频资源指示列表如下表5粗线框内容所示，其为列表形式，在寻呼时域资源指示(Time domain resource assignment)之后，存在N个Frequency domain resource assignment-Data(数据频域资源指示)和Time domain resource assignment-Data(数据时域资源指示)，其中第J个Frequency domain resource assignment-Data和Time domain resource assignment-Data用于指示第一终端设备的下行数据的时频位置。
表5
信息域 比特个数
Short Messages Indicator(短信息指示) 2bits
Short Messages(短信息) 8bits(预留比特)
Frequency domain resource assignment(寻呼频域资源指示) X bits
Time domain resource assignment(寻呼时域资源指示) 4bits
Time-Frequency domain resource assignment list(时频资源指示列表) (1..N)
>Frequency domain resource assignment-Data(数据频域资源指示) Y bits
>Time domain resource assignment-Data(数据时域资源指示) Z bits
VRB-to-PRB mapping(VRB向PRB映射) 1bit
MCS(调制与编码策略) 5bits
TB scaling(TB缩放比例) 2bits
Reserved bits(预留比特) 6bits
在一种可能的实施方式中，上表中的调制与编码策略MCS和/或TB缩放比例(TB scaling)可以用于所述下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述下行数据的MCS信息和/或TB缩放比例信息包含于系统消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备根据所述第一调度信息确定以下至少一项：
(1)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的起始时间T StartPaging；
(2)所述寻呼消息的时频资源占用的时长(duration Paging)；
(3)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的结束时间T EndPaging；
(4)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的起始频域位置F StartPaging；
(5)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的频域宽度(frequency-width Paging)；
(6)所述寻呼消息的时频资源的结束频域位置F EndPaging。
所述起始时间和所述结束时间的单位可以为符号或时隙或子帧。所述时长可以为若干个符号或时隙或子帧。所述起始频域位置和所述结束频域位置可以为子载波或时频资源块。所述频域宽度可以是若干个时频资源块(physical resource block,PRB)。
方式2，所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置(起始频域位置或结束频域位置)的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置(起始时间或结束时间)的偏移量。
示例性地，接入网设备向终端设备所发送的DCI的格式可以是DCI格式1_0(或DCI format 1_0)。该DCI格式1_0可以包括如下信息域，如表6所示。
表6
信息域 比特个数
Short Messages Indicator(短信息指示) 2bits
Short Messages(短信息) 8bits(预留比特)
Frequency domain resource assignment(频域资源指示) X bits
Time domain resource assignment(时域资源指示) 4bits
VRB-to-PRB mapping(VRB-to-PRB映射) 1bit
MCS(调制与编码策略) 5bits
TB scaling(TB缩放比例) 2bits
Reserved bits(预留比特) 6bits
表6中，DCI 1_0中Short Messages中的一个比特可以表示第二指示信息，即用于指示是否有下行数据。或者，DCI 1_0中Reserved bits中的一个比特可以用于表示第二指示信息，即用于指示是否有下行数据。
表6中，DCI 1_0中的频域资源指示和时域资源指示可以指示承载寻呼消息的位置，例如指示图4C中寻呼消息所在的时频位置。在一种可能的实施方式中，第三指示信息可以包括数据频域偏移量和数据时域偏移量中的至少一种，可以使用上表所示的预留比特中的Y个预留比特来指示数据时域偏移量和数据频域偏移量中的至少一种。示例性地，如图4C所示，Offset_t指示在时域上承载寻呼消息的时频资源与承载下行数据(TB1)的时频资源之间的偏移量，Offset_f指示在频域上承载寻呼消息的时频资源与承载下行数据(TB1)的时频资源之间的偏移量。这样终端设备可以根据寻呼消息的时频资源位置和Offset_t、Offset_f，确定出图4C中TB1的时频位置。进一步地，Offset_t和/或Offset_f还可以用于指示TB1的时频资源与TB2的时频资源之间的偏移量。依次类推，若寻呼消息指示N个终端设备有下行数据到达，则可以指示出N个TB的时频位置，其中第i个TB承载的下行数据属于被指示有下行数据的N个终端设备的第i个终端设备，N个终端设备的顺序为寻呼消息中标识列表中有下行数据的终端设备的标识出现的先后顺序。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备根据系统消息或所述DCI确定以下至少一项：
(1)所述下行数据的时频资源的起始时间T StartDataJ；
(2)所述下行数据的时频资源占用的时长(duration DataJ)；
(3)所述下行数据的时频资源的结束时间T EndDataJ；
(4)所述下行数据的时频资源的起始频域位置F StartDataJ；
(5)所述下行数据的时频资源的频域宽度(freq-width DataJ)；
(6)所述下行数据的时频资源的结束频域位置F EndDataJ。
所述起始时间和所述结束时间的单位可以为符号或时隙或子帧。所述时长可以为若干个符号或时隙或子帧。所述起始频域位置和所述结束频域位置可以为子载波或时频资源块。所述频域宽度可以是若干个时频资源块(physical resource block,PRB)。
在一种可能的实施方式中，
T StartDataJ＝T StartPaging+duration Paging+J×Offset_t+(J-1)×(duration DataJ)，或者
T StartDataJ＝T EndPaging+J×Offset_t+(J-1)×(duration DataJ)，或者
Figure PCTCN2019130736-appb-000002
或者
Figure PCTCN2019130736-appb-000003
或者
Figure PCTCN2019130736-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2019130736-appb-000005
或者
Figure PCTCN2019130736-appb-000006
其中K为0或1，H j为0或1。
示例性地，如表7所示，假设第一指示信息中指示携带UE1标识(即比特位上的比特为True值)、UE3标识(即比特位上的比特为True值)、UE5标识(即比特位上的比特为True值)，说明UE1、UE3、UE5均有对应的下行数据即将到达。那么UE1在接收到该寻呼消息之后，首先根据承载寻呼消息的时频位置和Offset_t、Offset_f确定承载第一个UE(即UE1)的下行数据(可以记为首个TB，例如TB1)的时频位置，然后根据UE的标识 在UE标识列表中位置确定TB1属于UE1、TB2属于UE3、TB3属于UE5。即UE1对应的下行数据位于TB1，UE2对应的下行数据位于TB2，UE3对应的下行数据位于TB3。
表7
UE标识 第一指示信息 TB
UE1标识 TURE TB1
UE2标识    
UE3标识 TURE TB2
UE4标识    
UE5标识 TURE TB3
需要说明的是，在其它可能的情况下，Y个reserved bits可以只指示时域偏移量(Offset_t)，频域偏移量(Offset_f)可以为默认值，或者Y个reserved bits可以只指示频域偏移量(Offset_f)，时域偏移量(Offset_t)可以为默认值。
方式3：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)。
方式4：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据时域资源指示(Time domain resource assignment-Data)和数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)。
方式5：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息指示发送下行数据的时频位置为系统消息指示的发送下行数据的时频位置。
方式6：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于系统消息指示的发送下行数据的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于系统消息指示的发送下行数据的时域位置的偏移量。
若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据频域偏移量，则使用所述系统消息指示的数据频域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的频域位置；若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据时域偏移量，则使用所述系统消息指示的数据时域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的时域位置。
示例性地，所述系统消息包括第四指示信息。所述第四指示信息用于指示发送第一个终端设备的下行数据的频域资源分配(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和/或发送所述下行数据的时域资源分配(Time domain resource assignment-Data)，所述第三指示信息包含数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)。根据所述第四指示信息，可以确定发送寻呼消息的标识列表中有下行数据的第一个终端设备的下行数据的时频位置，根据所述第四指示信息和所述第三指示信息，可以确定发送除第一个终端设备的其他终端设备的下行数据的时频位置。
针对第四指示信息中所指示的不同信息，可以有参考上述情形1确定下行数据时频位置的方式，此处不再赘述。因为DCI中可携带的比特数有限，该方法可以有助于进一步减少DCI所携带的信息，尽可能减小DCI的负载。
在一种可能的实施例中，在接入网设备向终端设备发送下行数据之前，接入网设备可以采用但不限于以下方式获取下行数据。
方式一：在步骤S301之前或者步骤S300之前，核心网设备主动向接入网设备发送第 一消息，该第一消息中包括发送给终端设备的下行数据。该第一消息中携带终端设备的标识，例如，该终端设备的标识可以是S-TMSI，或者是用于指示终端设备的上下文的标识。例如，该上下文的标识可以是MME分配的S1 AP ID，该标识用于从MME获取终端设备的上下文。或者，也可以是接入网设备分配的标识，例如，恢复标识(resume ID)是与终端设备上次通信的基站分配的标识，该标识是与终端设备上次通信的基站在向MME发送的终端设备上下文挂起请求(UE context suspend request)中携带给MME的。
方式二：在步骤S301之前或者步骤S300之前，接入网设备向核心网设备发送用于请求该下行数据的数据请求消息，并从核心网设备发送的包括该下行数据的数据请求响应消息中，获取该下行数据。
在一种可能的实施例中，接入网设备确定有下行数据需要发送终端设备时，接入网设备可以恢复终端设备的上下文。终端设备的上下文包括无线承载(radio bearer，RB)配置、安全上下文。例如，该上下文的标识可以是MME分配的S1 AP ID，该标识用于从MME获取终端设备的上下文。或者，也可以是接入网设备分配的标识，例如，恢复标识(resume ID)是与终端设备上次通信的基站分配的标识，该标识是与终端设备上次通信的基站在向MME发送的终端设备上下文挂起请求(UE context suspend request)中携带给MME的。
示例性地，结合图2B所示的应用场景，图5示出了本申请实施例所提供的数据传输方法的具体实施方式，该实施方式基于上述图3A所示的数据传输方法的描述，下面详细介绍一下该实现方式。
步骤501、UPF向gNB发送UE的下行数据。
步骤502，当gNB确定有所述UE的下行数据到达时，则恢复所述UE的上下文(UE Context)。
例如，当gNB1确定有UE1的下行数据到达时，则主动恢复UE1的上下文(UE Context)。
步骤503、gNB发送调度寻呼消息的DCI。
例如，gNB向UE1发送调度寻呼消息的DCI。在一种可能的实施方式中，该DCI中可以包括第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示有下行数据到达。在另一种可能的实施方式中，该DCI还可以包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息指示下行数据的时频位置。具体可以参见图3A所示的可能的实施方式，此处不再赘述。
步骤504，gNB发送寻呼消息，该寻呼消息用于寻呼所述UE，该寻呼消息中还包括第一指示信息，第一指示信息指示所述UE有下行数据。
例如，gNB1向UE1发送寻呼消息，该寻呼消息用于寻呼UE1。寻呼消息携带UE1的标识。具体可以参见图3A所示的可能的实施方式，此处不再赘述。
步骤505，gNB发送下行数据。
例如，gNB向UE1发送第一下行数据。该第一下行数据可以携带于RRC消息。
步骤506，所述UE1接收所述寻呼消息，确定自身有下行数据时，恢复上下文，并接收所述下行数据。
其中，UE1确定的下行数据的时频位置的具体方式可以参见图3A所示的可能的实施方式，此处不再赘述。
示例性地，UE1接收寻呼消息后，确定寻呼消息包含所述UE1的标识，且所述寻呼消息包含第一指示信息，则所述UE1根据DCI中的第三指示信息确定下行数据的时频位置，然后接收时频资源上的下行数据。
综上，本申请实施例中，终端设备与接入网设备之间并不需要复杂的RRC连接过程，终端设备在接收到DCI和寻呼消息之后，便可以根据DCI和寻呼消息接收下行数据，从而终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，减少建立RRC连接过程所需要的时间，从而减小业务的时延，提升用户的使用感受。且由于接入网设备将下行数据的调度信息携带在DCI中，也就是说，该下行数据的调度信息不用携带在寻呼消息中，从而寻呼消息中用于指示寻呼容量的比特数越多，可以避免降低寻呼消息的寻呼容量。
实施例二
如图6A所示，为本申请实施例提供的第二种数据传输方法流程示意图。参见图6A，该方法包括如下步骤。
步骤601，接入网设备向第一终端设备发送DCI。该DCI包括第一调度信息，所述第一调度信息用于调度第一寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度所述第一终端设备的下行数据和第二寻呼消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一寻呼消息是用于寻呼终端设备，使得终端设备发起随机接入过程，以便与接入网设备建立RRC连接，进而进行数据传输。
在一种可能的实施方式中，该DCI可以由接入网设备发送至该接入网设备所服务的多个终端设备。也就是说，该接入网设备服务的多个终端设备均会接收到该DCI。因DCI包括下行数据的调度信息，所以终端设备收到该DCI后，可以确定可能有该终端设备的下行数据到达。
其中，DCI的具体内容可以参见上述步骤301，在此不再赘述。
步骤602，所述第一终端设备接收该DCI。
具体来说，第一终端设备可以根据接收到的DCI中的第一调度信息，接收第一寻呼消息。若该第一寻呼消息包含第一终端设备的标识，则第一终端设备确定第一终端设备被接入网设备寻呼。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若第一终端设备支持该数据传输方法，所述第一终端设备可以根据所述DCI确定所述DCI是否包含所述第三指示信息，若是，可以确定可能有第一终端设备的下行数据需要接收，第一终端设备可以根据第三指示信息确定所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置。
在其它可能的实施方式中，第一终端设备根据DCI确定DCI是否包含第二指示信息，若包含，可以确定可能有第一终端设备的下行数据需要接收，第一终端设备可以根据第二指示信息确定第三指示信息。第一终端设备可以根据第三指示信息确定所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若第一终端设备支持该数据传输方法，则第一终端设备可以从DCI中确定第三指示信息。第一终端设备可以根据第三指示信息确定所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置。
步骤603，接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送第一寻呼消息。
其中，所述第一寻呼消息不包含所述第一终端设备的标识。示例性地，该终端设备的标识可以是：SAE临时移动用户识别码(SAE-temporary mobile subscriber identity，S-TMSI)，或者，用于指示终端设备的上下文的标识，或者，I-RNTI(用于非激活态的无线网络临时标识)。
具体地，该第一寻呼消息可以被发送至接入网设备所覆盖范围的多个终端设备。也就 是说，该接入网设备所覆盖范围内的多个终端设备均会接收到该第一寻呼消息。因第一寻呼消息是用于寻呼终端设备，所述终端设备在接收到第一寻呼消息后，使得终端设备发起随机接入过程，以便与接入网设备建立RRC连接，进而进行数据传输。示例性地，基站服务的UE有UE 1、UE 2、…、UE M，该寻呼消息可以被发送至UE 1、UE 2、…、UE M，这样UE 1、UE 2、…、UE M均可以接收到该寻呼消息。
步骤604，所述第一终端设备从接入网设备接收该第一寻呼消息。
所述第一终端设备根据接收的所述第一寻呼消息确定所述第一寻呼消息不包含所述第一终端设备的标识。
步骤605，接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二寻呼消息。
其中，所述第二寻呼消息包含所述第一终端设备的标识。所述第一终端设备根据接收的所述第二寻呼消息确定所述第二寻呼消息包含所述第一终端设备的标识。也就是说，第一终端设备根据所述第二寻呼消息，可以确定有下行数据。若所述第二寻呼消息仅包括所述第一终端设备的标识，且所述DCI包含所述第三指示信息，则所述标识和所述第三指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定有通过所述DCI调度的下行数据。
在第一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二寻呼消息除了包括所述第一终端设备的标识，还包括多个终端设备的标识。
在该实施方式中，所述第二寻呼消息包含的终端设备的标识可以记作UE-Id i，其中i取值为{1,…,M}，M为正整数。第一终端设备的标识可以记作UE-Id J，多个终端设备的标识可以组成标识列表，第二寻呼消息中包括该标识列表，参见图6B。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备还接收系统消息，所述系统消息包含所述第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息可以用于指示：
(1)调度寻呼消息的DCI包含所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的调度信息，或者，
(2)当前小区或接入网设备支持基于寻呼DCI的下行数据传输。
在第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第五指示信息用于所述第一终端设备确定所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备还接收系统消息，所述系统消息包含所述第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息可以用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置。
步骤606，所述第一终端设备从接入网设备接收该第二寻呼消息。
具体地，所述第一终端设备根据所述第一调度信息接收该第二寻呼消息，所述第一终端设备确定所述第二寻呼消息包含所述第一终端设备的标识。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述第一终端设备确定该第二寻呼消息仅包含第一终端设备的标识，且所述第一终端设备确定所述DCI包含所述第三指示信息，则所述第一终端设备根据所述第三指示信息确定所述下行数据的时频位置。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一终端设备确定所述第二寻呼消息包含一个或多个终端设备的标识，所述一个或多个终端设备包含所述第一终端设备。所述第一终端设备确定所述第二寻呼消息中包含所述第一终端设备的标识，且确定所述DCI包含所述第三指示信息，则所述第一终端设备根据所述第三指示信息和所述第一终端设备的标识在第二寻呼消息中的位置J，确定所述第一终端设备的下行数据的时频位置J。
在步骤604中，当所述第一终端设备确定所述第一寻呼消息不包含所述第一终端设备 的标识时，若所述第一终端设备支持基于寻呼DCI调度下行数据的方法且所述DCI包含第二指示信息或第三指示信息，则所述第一终端设备接收所述第二寻呼消息。
所述第一终端设备根据所述第二寻呼消息确定所述第二寻呼消息是否包含所述第一终端设备的标识，若包含，则所述第一终端设备确定存在自身对应的下行数据。
步骤607，所述接入网设备向所述第一终端设备发送下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，该下行数据承载在RRC信令中。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接入网设备仅向所述第一终端设备发送所述下行数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接入网设备除了向第一终端设备发送下行数据，还向其它终端设备发送下行数据，所述下行数据和终端设备一一对应。在该实施方式中，所述接入网设备向所述第二寻呼消息中有下行数据的第i个终端设备标识对应的第i个终端设备发送第i个下行数据，其中i取值为{1,…,N}，N为下行数据的数量，所述第i个下行数据与所述第二寻呼消息中有下行数据的第i个终端设备的标识一一对应，如图6B所示。
步骤608，终端设备接收来自接入网设备的下行数据。
在步骤608中，若所述第一终端设备确定存在自身对应的下行数据，则所述第一终端设备根据所述第三指示信息接收所述下行数据。
具体地，在一种可能的实施方式中，若接入网设备仅向所述第一终端设备发送所述下行数据，所述第一终端设备根据步骤604的第三指示信息确定的所述下行数据的时频位置，接收来自所述接入网设备的所述下行数据。
具体地，在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接入网设备除了向第一终端设备发送下行数据，还向其它终端设备发送下行数据，第一终端设备根据有下行数据的第一终端设备的标识在标识列表中出现的顺序J，以及第三指示信息，接收来自所述接入网设备的第J个下行数据传输块上的数据。
在一种可能的实施方式中，上述方法中还可以包括步骤600，接入网设备向终端设备发送系统消息，该系统消息包括第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示下行数据的时频位置。这样，终端设备根据第二寻呼消息中的被寻呼的终端设备的标识确定有下行数据时，还可以根据系统消息中的第四指示信息确定下行数据所在的时频位置，然后接收该时频位置上的下行数据。
由上述技术方案可知，接入网设备可以在发送寻呼消息之后便向终端设备发送下行数据，从而终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端的功耗；另一方面寻呼消息不携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而寻呼消息中用于指示寻呼容量的比特数越多，可以降低寻呼消息的负载，可以避免降低寻呼消息的寻呼容量
下面对图6A所示实施例中如何指示所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置的各种方式进行进一步说明。
情形1，第一寻呼消息不包括第一终端设备的标识，第二寻呼消息仅包括第一终端设备的标识。
方式1：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和/或数据时域资源指示(Time domain resource assignment-Data)，所述数据频域资源指示用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和/或所述下行数据的频域位置，所述数据 时域资源指示用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和/或所述下行数据的时域位置。
具体示例可以参见表3对应的描述，此处不再重复赘述。
方式2，所述第三指示信息可以包括数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。如图7A所示。
如图7B所示，当调度有多个下行数据时，数据频域偏移量还用于指示发送前一个下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述当前下行数据的频域位置的偏移量，数据时域偏移量还指示发送所述前一个下行数据的时域位置相对于发送当前下行数据的时域位置的偏移量。
方式3：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)。
方式4：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据时域资源指示(Time domain resource assignment-Data)和数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)。
方式5：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息指示发送下行数据的时频位置为系统消息指示的发送下行数据的时频位置。
方式6：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于系统消息指示的发送下行数据的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于系统消息指示的发送下行数据的时域位置的偏移量。
若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据频域偏移量，则使用所述系统消息指示的数据频域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的频域位置；若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据时域偏移量，则使用所述系统消息指示的数据时域资源指示来指示发送下行数据的时域位置。
情形2，第一寻呼消息不包括第一终端设备的标识，第二寻呼消息除了包含第一终端设备的标识，还包括其它终端设备的标识。其中，至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。
方式1：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含时频资源指示列表，该时频资源指示列表包含N个UE的下行数据和所述第二寻呼消息的数据频域资源指示和数据时域资源指示。例如，时频资源指示列表如表5粗线框内容所示，其为列表形式，在寻呼时域资源指示(Time domain resource assignment)之后，存在N+1个Frequency domain resource assignment-Data(数据频域资源指示)和Time domain resource assignment-Data(数据时域资源指示)，其中第J个Frequency domain resource assignment-Data和Time domain resource assignment-Data用于指示第一终端设备的下行数据的时频位置，上述时频资源指示列表中的数据频域资源指示和数据时域资源指示从0开始编号，其中编号为0的数据频域资源指示和数据时域资源指示用于指示所述第二寻呼消 息的时频域位置。
具体示例可以参见表5对应的描述，此处不再重复赘述。
方式2：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的资源的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
具体示例可以参见表6和表7，以及上述情形1中的方式2对应的描述，此处不再重复赘述。
方式3：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域资源指示(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)。
方式4：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据时域资源指示(Time domain resource assignment-Data)和数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)。
方式5：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置为系统消息指示的发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置。
方式6：所述第三指示信息可以指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时频位置，包括：所述第三指示信息包含数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的频域位置相对于系统消息指示的发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时域位置相对于系统消息指示的发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时域位置的偏移量。
若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据频域偏移量，则使用所述系统消息指示的数据频域资源指示来指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的频域位置；若所述第三指示信息不包含所述数据时域偏移量，则使用所述系统消息指示的数据时域资源指示来指示发送所述第二寻呼消息和所述下行数据的时域位置。
示例性地，所述系统消息包括第四指示信息。所述第四指示信息用于指示发送第一个终端设备的下行数据的频域资源分配(Frequency domain resource assignment-Data)和/或发送所述下行数据的时域资源分配(Time domain resource assignment-Data)，所述第三指示信息包含数据频域偏移量(Frequency domain Offset-Data)和/或数据时域偏移量(Time domain Offset-Data)。根据所述第四指示信息，可以确定发送寻呼消息的标识列表中有下行数据的第一个终端设备的下行数据的时频位置，根据所述第四指示信息和所述第三指示信息，可以确定发送除第一个终端设备的其他终端设备的下行数据的时频位置。
针对第四指示信息中所指示的不同信息，可以有参考上述情形1确定下行数据时频位置的方式，此处不再赘述。因为DCI中可携带的比特数有限，该方法可以有助于进一步减 少DCI所携带的信息，尽可能减小DCI的负载。
综上，本申请实施例中，由上述技术方案可知，接入网设备可以在发送寻呼消息之后便向终端设备发送下行数据，从而使得终端设备可以尽早地接收该下行数据，通过简化的信令或数据交互过程可以实现下行数据的提前传输，可以提高资源利用效率，降低终端设备的功耗；另一方面，本实施例可以避免寻呼消息携带下行数据或者下行数据的调度信息，从而避免降低寻呼容量。
基于与上述方法实施例的同一发明构思，如图8所示，本申请实施例还提供了一种数据传输装置800，该数据传输装置800用于实现上述实施例中接入网设备和终端设备执行的操作，为简述示意，上述接入网设备和终端设备可能的装置的示意图通过引用图8来示意，可以理解的是，图8仅为示意图，其可以应用于上述接入网设备和终端设备中。该数据传输装置800中第一通信装置包括：收发器801、处理器802、存储器803，第二通信装置包括收发器804、处理器805、存储器806。其中，存储器803可以与所述处理器802耦合并集成在一个芯片上，或者分别集成在不同的芯片上。存储器806可以与所述处理器805耦合并集成在一个芯片上，或者分别集成在不同的芯片上。
针对第一通信装置，处理器802用于调用一组程序，当程序被执行时，使得处理器802执行上述图3A或图6A所示实施例提供的数据传输方法中接入网设备执行的操作。存储器803用于存储处理器802执行的程序。收发器801可以视为接入网设备的收发单元，用于支持接入网设备执行上述图3A或图6A所示方法实施例所述的接收功能和发送功能。处理器802可以视为接入网设备的处理单元。可选的，可以将收发单元中应用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
针对第二通信装置，处理器805用于调用一组程序，当程序被执行时，使得处理器805执行上述述图3A或图6A所示实施例提供的数据传输方法中终端设备执行的操作。存储器806用于存储处理器805执行的程序。收发器804可以视为终端设备的收发单元，用于支持终端设备执行上述方法实施例所述的接收功能和发送功能。处理器802可以视为终端设备的处理单元。可选的，可以将收发单元中应用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
基于同一种发明构思，如图9所示，本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输装置900，该数据传输装置900可适用于图2A或图2B所示的通信系统中，执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。为了便于说明，图9仅示出了终端的主要部件。如图9所示，终端设备900包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端执行上述方法实施例中所描述的动作，如，确定下行数据的时频的位置。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据，例如存储上述实施例中所描述的DCI以及下行数据等。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触 摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当终端设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图9仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器。在实际的终端中，可以存在多个处理器和多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
作为一种可选的实现方式，处理器可以包括基带处理器和/或中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图9中的处理器可以集成基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端900的收发单元901，例如，用于支持终端执行如上述方法实施例所述的接收功能和发送功能。将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备900的处理单元902。如图9所示，终端900包括收发单元901和处理单元902。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元901中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元901中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元901包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
处理器902可用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发单元901接收信号和/或发送信号，完成上述方法实施例中终端的功能。作为一种实现方式，收发单元901的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输装置的结构示意图，如可以为接入网设备(即基站)的结构示意图。如图10所示，该接入网设备可应用于如图2A或图2B所示的系统中，执行上述方法实施例中第一网络设备的功能。网络设备1000(也可以称作基站1000)可包括一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1001和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)(也可称为数字单元，digital unit，DU)1002。所述RRU 1001可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线1011和射频单元1012。所述RRU 1001部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如用于发送DCI、寻呼消息，或向终端发送下行数据。所述BBU 1002部分主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 1001与BBU 1002可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
所述BBU 1002为基站的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)1002可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于第一网络设备的操作流程。
在一个实例中，所述BBU 1002可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如LTE网)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网，12G网或其他网)。所述BBU 1002还包括存储器1021和处理器1022，所述存储器1021用于存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器1021存储上述实施例中的码本索引与预编码矩阵的对应关系。所述处理器1022用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于第一网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器1021和处理器1022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。
本申请还提供一种通信系统，其包括前述的一个或多个网络设备，和，一个或多个终端。
应注意，本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例所述的方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现 上述任一方法实施例所述的方法。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，高密度数字视频光盘(Digital Video Disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(Solid State Disk，SSD))等。
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置，包括处理器和接口；所述处理器，用于执行上述任一方法实施例所述的通信方法。
应理解，上述处理装置可以是一个芯片，所述处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现，当通过硬件实现时，该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等；当通过软件来实现时，该处理器可以是一个通用处理器，通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现，改存储器可以集成在处理器中，可以位于所述处理器之外，独立存在。
应理解，说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此，在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外，这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装 置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管已描述了本申请的优选实施例，但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念，则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以，所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本申请范围的所有变更和修改。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (39)

  1. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法适用于第一终端设备，包括：
    接收来自接入网设备的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于调度寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度下行数据；
    接收来自所述接入网设备的所述寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示有第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备；
    接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一下行数据。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述DCI包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示有所述第一下行数据发送至所述第一终端设备。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    接收来自所述接入网设备的系统信息，所述系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据的时频位置。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系统信息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应。
  8. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法适用于第一终端设备，包括：
    接收来自接入网设备的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于调度第一寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度所述第一终端设备的第一下行数据和第二寻呼消息；
    接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第二寻呼消息，所述第二寻呼消息包括所述第一终端设备的标识；
    接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一下行数据。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述调度信息包括第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示有所述第一下行数据发送至所述第一终端设备。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时 域位置的偏移量。
  11. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    接收来自所述接入网设备的系统信息，所述系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据或所述第二寻呼消息的时频位置。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系统信息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  13. 根据权利要求8至12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二寻呼消息包括至少一个终端设备的标识，所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。
  14. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法适用于接入网设备，包括：
    向第一终端设备发送用于调度寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI还用于调度下行数据；
    向所述第一终端设备发送所述寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备；
    向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一下行数据。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述方法，其特征在于，所述DCI包括第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示有所述第一下行数据发送至所述第一终端设备。
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  17. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，在向所述第一终端设备发送第一下行数据之前，所述方法包括：
    向所述第一终端设备发送系统信息，所述系统信息用于指示所述第一下行数据占用的时频位置。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系统信息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  19. 根据权利要求14至18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N。
  20. 根据权利要求14至19任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应。
  21. 一种数据传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法适用于接入网设备，包括：
    向第一终端设备发送用于调度第一寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI包括下行数据的调度信息；
    向所述第一终端设备发送第二寻呼消息，所述第二寻呼消息包括所述终端设备的标识，所述终端设备的标识用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述终端设备；
    向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一下行数据。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述方法，其特征在于，所述调度信息包括第二指示信息，第二指示信息指示有所述第一下行数据发送至所述第一终端设备。
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述方法，其特征在于，所述DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  24. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    向所述第一终端设备发送系统信息，所述系统信息用于指示所述下行数据占用的时频位置。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述系统信息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置相对于发送所述第一寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量和发送所述下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述第二寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  26. 根据权利要求21至25任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二寻呼消息包括至少一个终端设备的标识，所述至少一个终端设备的标识与至少一个下行数据传输块一一对应。
  27. 根据权利要求21至26任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一寻呼消息用于寻呼所述终端设备。
  28. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括至少一个处理器和通信接口；
    所述通信接口，用于与其他装置进行通信；
    所述处理器，用于通过所述通信接口接收来自接入网设备的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于调度寻呼消息，所述DCI还用于调度下行数据；
    通过所述通信接口接收来自所述接入网设备的所述寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备；
    通过所述通信接口接收来自所述接入网设备的所述第一下行数据。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置，其特征在于，所述DCI包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息指示有所述第一下行数据发送至所述第一终端设备。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的装置，其特征在于，所述DCI包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指 示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  31. 根据权利要求28至30任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N。
  32. 根据权利要求28至31任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应。
  33. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括至少一个处理器和通信接口；
    所述通信接口，用于与其他装置进行通信；
    所述处理器，用于通过所述通信接口向终端设备发送用于调度寻呼消息的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI还用于调度下行数据；
    通过所述通信接口向所述终端设备发送所述寻呼消息，所述寻呼消息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一下行数据对应于所述第一终端设备；
    通过所述通信接口向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行数据。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述调度信息包括第二指示信息，第二指示信息通过一个比特来指示有所述下行数据发送至所述终端设备。
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的装置，其特征在于，所述调度信息包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息包括数据频域偏移量和/或数据时域偏移量，所述数据频域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的频域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的频域位置的偏移量，所述数据时域偏移量用于指示发送下行数据的时域位置相对于发送所述寻呼消息的时域位置的偏移量。
  36. 根据权利要求33至35任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括下行数据传输块的数量N。
  37. 根据权利要求33至36任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括至少一个指示信息，所述至少一个指示信息与所述寻呼消息中的至少一个终端设备的标识一一对应。
  38. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括处理器和接口，所述处理器用于读取指令以执行如权利要求1-27任一项所述的方法。
  39. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令，当所述指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1-27任一所述的方法。
PCT/CN2019/130736 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 一种数据传输方法及装置 WO2021134577A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19958499.6A EP4075892A4 (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 DATA TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND METHOD
CN201980101942.XA CN114631374A (zh) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 一种数据传输方法及装置
PCT/CN2019/130736 WO2021134577A1 (zh) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 一种数据传输方法及装置
US17/852,672 US20220330203A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2022-06-29 Data Transmission Method and Apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/130736 WO2021134577A1 (zh) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 一种数据传输方法及装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/852,672 Continuation US20220330203A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2022-06-29 Data Transmission Method and Apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021134577A1 true WO2021134577A1 (zh) 2021-07-08

Family

ID=76687166

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/130736 WO2021134577A1 (zh) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 一种数据传输方法及装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20220330203A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4075892A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN114631374A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021134577A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024036627A1 (zh) * 2022-08-19 2024-02-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质、芯片、产品及程序

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115098215A (zh) * 2022-07-19 2022-09-23 重庆紫光华山智安科技有限公司 基于多服务的数据分页方法、系统、电子设备及存储介质
CN117998585A (zh) * 2022-10-31 2024-05-07 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013054979A1 (ko) * 2011-10-12 2013-04-18 엘지에릭슨 주식회사 하향 링크 제어 정보 전송 방법 및 장치
CN105992373A (zh) * 2015-01-30 2016-10-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 数据传输方法、装置、基站及用户设备
CN109474998A (zh) * 2017-09-08 2019-03-15 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和通信设备
CN109803407A (zh) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 一种上行控制信道的资源配置方法和装置
US20190320455A1 (en) * 2018-04-12 2019-10-17 FG Innovation Company Limited System information modification and acquisition procedure
CN110536434A (zh) * 2019-01-21 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息发送、接收方法、装置、基站、终端及通信系统

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110999437B (zh) * 2017-08-07 2022-04-19 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 用于无线网络的特定于网络切片的寻呼
US10893506B2 (en) * 2018-02-01 2021-01-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Multipurpose downlink control information bit fields

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013054979A1 (ko) * 2011-10-12 2013-04-18 엘지에릭슨 주식회사 하향 링크 제어 정보 전송 방법 및 장치
CN105992373A (zh) * 2015-01-30 2016-10-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 数据传输方法、装置、基站及用户设备
CN109474998A (zh) * 2017-09-08 2019-03-15 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和通信设备
CN109803407A (zh) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 一种上行控制信道的资源配置方法和装置
US20190320455A1 (en) * 2018-04-12 2019-10-17 FG Innovation Company Limited System information modification and acquisition procedure
CN110536434A (zh) * 2019-01-21 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息发送、接收方法、装置、基站、终端及通信系统

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4075892A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024036627A1 (zh) * 2022-08-19 2024-02-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质、芯片、产品及程序

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114631374A (zh) 2022-06-14
EP4075892A1 (en) 2022-10-19
US20220330203A1 (en) 2022-10-13
EP4075892A4 (en) 2022-12-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018137284A1 (zh) 一种传输寻呼消息的方法及装置
WO2020143732A1 (zh) 发送和接收反馈信道的方法以及装置
WO2020191781A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及装置
WO2021180098A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和通信装置
WO2021134577A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及装置
WO2020211096A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2023125223A1 (zh) 下行传输的方法及装置
WO2020073257A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和终端设备
US20220322319A1 (en) Configuration information sending method, apparatus, and system
WO2021134616A1 (zh) 一种资源配置方法和装置
WO2022052857A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022188105A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法及设备
WO2020192319A1 (zh) 一种资源配置方法及通信装置
WO2021134437A1 (zh) 传输初始接入配置信息的方法和装置
WO2021228192A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022022340A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022077375A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2019041261A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
WO2022021312A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2021248456A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法及设备
WO2014121679A1 (zh) 一种设备到设备通信数据传输方法、系统和用户设备
WO2021031026A1 (zh) 一种下行控制信息dci的传输方法及装置
CN115604664A (zh) 一种多播业务修改通知方法及通信装置
WO2021088063A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022206745A1 (zh) 寻呼指示方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19958499

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019958499

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220711

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE